A GUIDE FOR PREPARING
RCRA PERMIT APPLICATIONS
FOR EXISTING STORAGE FACILITIES
    U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
              1982

-------
           A GUIDE ?OR PREPARING RC3A

           STORAGE  PERMIT APPLICATIONS
This preliminary guidance document  is  intended  to
assist the owner or operators of hazardous  wast a
storage facilities in developing XCHA  Part  3  Perait
Applications.  It is being distributed to prospective
permit applicants and others for their review,  comment
and use. 'EPA is interested in receiving comments  on
the usefulness of the guide and suggestions as  to  how
it may be improved.  It was developed  by a  contractor
in concert with EPA permit writers  in  Region  I  and
Headquarters but has not yet been reviewed  by appli-
cants or other persons outside the  Agency.
            This  guide was prepared by •

               A.  T.  Kearney,  Inc.
                   P.O. Box 1405
                 699 Prince Street
            Alexandria, Virginia  22313
                     and by

            PEDCo Environmental, Inc.
               11499 Chester Road
             Cincinnati, Ohio  45246
               USEPA  West Duin-niiy
             Headquarters Repository
           1301 Constitution Avenue NW.
           Room 3340 -  Mailcode 3404T
              Washington, DC 20004


       U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                       1982

-------
                           DISCLAIMER


     This Industry Guidance Document has been developed to
assist hazardous waste storage facilities in preparing Part 3 of
the RCSA Permit Application.  It is intended that permit appli-
cants will use the document as a guide to prepare their own
applications is a format and level of detail acceptable to the
u'.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  The model permit appli-
cation contained in the document was developed for a typical
representative storage facility.  Therefore, some sections of
the model may not be applicable to all facilities.  The U.S. EPA
urges applicants to contact their EPA Regional Office to discuss
the applicability of this guide to their facility and other
facility-specific requirements.
                                 11

-------
                             PREFACE

     The purpose of this guide is to assist hazardous waste
management facilities in the preparation of their RCRA Permit
Applications.  Its intent is to provide sufficient information
and detail to enable a facility to submit an application;
however, in some situations certain regulations may not apply to
every facility.  When this is the case, the applicable regional
office of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency should be
contacted to arrange a preapplication meeting to discuss RCRA
permit application needs that are not covered or understood.
                                 111

-------
                            CONTENTS
List of Figures	    vi
List of Tables	    ix
Preface	   iii

PART 1    GUIDANCE MATERIAL 	     1

Section I   INTRODUCTION  	     1

Section II  ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES IN THE PERMITTING
             PROCESS  	     4
               Coordination with States 	     4
               Submitting RCRA Part B Permit Applications     6
               Claims of Confidentiality  	     7
               EPA's Review of Part B Applications  ...     9
               Draft RCRA Permits and Permit Denials  .   .    10
               Public Notice,  Comments, Informal Public
                Hearings, Panel Hearings  	    11
               Final Permits	    12
               Appeal to the Regional Administrator ...    12

Section III INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION OF A RCRA PERMIT
             APPLICATION	    14
               RCRA Permit Application Format 	    14
               Suggested Permit Application Format  ...    15
               Detailed Instructions and Content
                Requirements  	    21

PART 2    MODEL RCRA PERMIT APPLICATION	    90
               A - Part A Application	    91
               B - Facility Description 	   100
               C - waste Characteristics  	   118
               D - Process Information  	   135
               E - Ground Water Monitoring Systems  . .   .   161
               F - Procedures to Prevent Hazards  ....   162
               G - Contingency Plan	   181
               H - Personnel Training	   222
               I - Closure Plan, Post-Closure Plan and
                    Financial Requirements	   236
               J - Other Federal Laws   	   254

Certification  	   255

References	   256

                                IV

-------
                      CONTENTS (continued)


                                                            Page

Appendix A   GENERAL INFORMATION AND HAZARDOUS CHARACTER-
              ISTICS OF WASTES	   261

Appendix B   INSPECTION LOG SHEETS  	   256

Appendix C   TRUST AGREEMENT  	   278

-------
                            FIGURES
                                                           Page
 1       Flow Diagram of the RCRA Permitting Process           5
 2       A Topographical Map of TanJcopile Finishing
          Company and Surrounding Area                        98
 3       Facility Photograph, June 2, 1980                    99
 4       Facility Hap of Tankopile Finishing Company         102
 5       Facility Hap With 5-Foot Contour Intervals of
          Elevation (feet HSL)                               103
 6       Facility Hap Showing 100-Year Floodplain            104
 7       Surrounding Land Use                   '             106
 8       Wind Rose                                           107
 9       Federal Insurance Administration (FIA) 100-Year
          Floodplain Map                                     111
10       Traffic Flow                                        116
11       Laboratory Analysis Results - 1,1, 1-Trictiloro-
          e thane                                             122
12       Laboratory Analysis Results for Pickle Liquor       123
13       Laboratory Analysis Results for Vinyl Acetate
          Sludge                                             124
14       Laboratory Analysis Results for Vinyl Chloride
          Sludge                                             125
15       Laboratory Analysis Results for Pickle Liquor
          Sludge                                             126
16       Laboratory Analysis Results for Metal Grindings     127
17       Laboratory Analysis Results for Metal Hydroxide
          Sludge                                            '128

-------
FIGURES (continued)
Number
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
. 28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
3-1
B-2
3-3
Plan View of Container Storage Area
Cross-Sectional View of Container Storage Area
Waste Storage Tanks
Process Flow Diagram
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram for Hazardous
Waste Storage in Tanks
Containment System Section
Containment System 'Flan
Log Sheet
Overview of Emergency Plan of Action
Emergency* Plan of Action
Rally Points in the Event of Fire or Explosion
Interceptor Trench
Interceptor Trench (Cross-Section)
Location of Emergency Equipment
Sample Reporting Form for Emergency Events
Organization Chart for Tankopile's HWM
Facility
Outline of Hazardous Waste Training Manual
Level of Training for Hazardous Waste Personnel
Anticipated Closure Schedule
Monitoring Equipment Inspection Log Sheet
Safety and Emergency Equipment Inspection Log
Sheet
Security Devices Inspection Log Sheet
Page
137
138
143
147
149
152
153
164
187
188
191
201
203
210
220
223
228
232
247
267
268
270
        Vll

-------
                       FIGURES (continued)

Number                                                      Page
B-4       Operating and Structural Equipment Inspection
           Log Sheet                                         271
B-5       Container Storage Area Inspection Log Sheet        272
B-6       Tank Storage Area and Ancillary Equipment
           Inspection Log Sheet                              274
B-7       External Tank Inspection Log Sheet                 275
B-8       Internal Tank Inspection Log Sheet                 276
B-9       Waste Pile Area Inspection Log Sheet               277
                               Vlll

-------
                             TABLES

Number                                                      Page
  1       Implicit Price Deflators 1972 Weights, for
           Gross National Product                            70
  2       Waste Pile Construction Schedule                  114
  3       Wastes, Associated Hazards, and Basis for
           Hazard Designation                               120
  4       Parameters and Rationale for Their Section        129
  5       Parameters and Test Methods                       130
  6       Methods Use to Sample Hazardous wastes            132
  7       Frequency of Analysis                             134
  8       Physical Characteristics of Storage Tanks         144
  9       Properties of Chlorinated Polyethylene (CFE)
           Oil-Resistant Liner                              157
 10       Inspection Schedule                              • 167
 11       Emergency Coordinators                            183
 12       Emergency Contacts                                134
 13       Materials and Equipment for Spill Containment
           and Cleanup                                      212
 14       Closure Cost Estimate                             249

-------
                    PART 1 GUIDANCE MATERIAL
                            SECTION I
                          INTRODUCTION

     Under Subtitle C of the Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act of 1976 (RCRA), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) established regulations to insure the protection of human
health and the environment through the proper management of
hazardous wastes.  These regulations require certain facilities
that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous wastes to submit RCRA
permit applications to EPA.  These applications should contain
sufficient information to assure that the management practices
at those facilities will provide adequate levels of protection.
     This Guide has been written specifically for owners and
operators of storage and treatment facilities that have hazardous
wastes in tanks, containers, or piles.  It provides detailed
technical instructions covering the required content of the RCRA
permit applications and explains the administrative procedures
that the EPA will use in the RCRA permitting program.
     The intent of this Guide is to minimize the effort and time
required of industry to apply for and obtain RCRA permits.  The
detailed explanations provided in this Guide will help to pre-
vent Applicants from developing and presenting more information
than needed to evaluate the applications.  The suggested appli-
cation format is presented as a guide for organizing submissions.
                                1

-------
     The information presented concerning EPA's administrative
and confidentiality procedures in the RCRA permitting program is
intended to assist applicants in an understanding of Agency
requirements.  Ultimately, this Guide should serve to improve
communications and cooperation between industry and the EPA in
the RCRA permitting program and increase the effectiveness and
timeliness with which EPA carries out its regulatory responsi-
bilities.
     The second section of this Guide describes the administrative
procedures that will be followed in the RCRA permitting program.
It includes discussions of how applications will be requested,
the two-stage process that EPA will use for reviewing applica-
tions, public participation procedures, permit issuance pro-
cedures, and the timing of these events.  This section also
describes the procedures that should be followed in requesting
protection from public disclosure of confidential business
information.  It provides details of the types of information
that will receive confidential treatment by EPA and how the
legitimacy of confidentiality claims will be determined.
     The third section of the Guide presents an accepted format
for structuring a RCRA permit application and provides detailed
explanations of the information that must be included in the
application.
     Part 2 of this document presents an example of a complete
RCRA permit application for a hypothetical storage facility.
Tins example provides a model on which actual applications can

-------
be based.  It is structured to assist RCRA permit applicants in
determining the appropriate level of detail and the proper
presentation of that material.  Applicants should be aware,
however, that the level of detail will also be related to the
size and complexity of the facility.

-------
                           SECTION II
       ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES IN THE PERMITTING PROCESS

     This section outlines the activities entailed in applying
for and obtaining a RCRA permit for a hazardous waste management
(HWM) facility (Figure 1).  An understanding of these procedures
will allow applicants to deal effectively with EPA in the permit-
ting program.
     Most facilities that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous
waste must obtain a RCRA permit.  The application for this
permit consists of two parts, Part A and Part B.  Certain facili-
ties (i.e., those in existence before November 19, 1980) have
been required to submit Part A.  These facilities have been
granted an "interim status" that allows them to'continue to
operate until final administrative action is taken on their
permit.  To obtain a RCRA permit, however, these facilities must
submit Part B applications.  The EPA Regional Administrators
have the authority to request owners and operators of existing
HWM storage and treatment facilities to submit Part B  of their
RCRA permit application, but any facility may submit the Part B
application voluntarily.
                    Coordination with States
     An applicant for a RCRA permit should be aware that the EPA
and the states share responsibilities for the administration of

-------
                                        RfQUfSI
                                        run MM
                                        PARI  I r«ON
                                        IIISllNG
                                                                        If OMISSIONS
                                                                        OR OfflCIIHCUS
                                                                        AH HOIIO. ISSUt
                                                                        Mild  OF
                                                                        Off 1C UNO
IPA RtCfim
AHO IOCS IN
PAR! I
COMPlflCNISS
CHSU
 IfCIMICAl
 (VAtllAIION
                                         rRtPARAIION
                                         OF DRAM
                                         HHNI1
 blAIIWMI 01
 BA&li OR
 FACI
AUHIMUIRAIIVI
RfCORO
rueuc
M1ICE Of
ORAfl PfRNII.
CO»MNl
MRIOD. AND
IUARING
U)
                                                         MiU SIAUMH1 Of BAIIS. fACI SMiil. M DRAM PiRMII
                                                                                    PUBIIC
                                                                                    HURIHG
                                                                                    PAJlit
                                                                                    HfARlNti
                                                                                                      Plfil 1C
                                                                                                      NOIICI OF
                                                                                                      III AR IMG.
                                                                                                      flUKSION 01
                                                                                                      COtMNl
                                                                                                      PINIOO
                              Figure 1.    Flow  diagram  of  the RCRA permitting process.

-------
the RCRA permit program.  Each state's role in the permitting
process varies according to the status of its authorization to
administer the hazardous waste permit program.  Applicants
should familiarize themselves with the state's permitting
process and be aware that EPA permit writers will be communi-
cating with the states at appropriate stages in the permit
process.
                     Submitting RCRA Part B
                       Permit Applications
     The EPA Regional Office may request submission of Fart B of
the RCRA permit application from an existing facility, or a
facility may voluntarily submit Part B.  The letter of request
will generally include a list of the items in Part B that are
applicable to the permit applicant's facility type, a copy of
the Part 264 and Part 122.25 regulations, notice of the  appli-
cant's right to claim confidentiality, notice of the right to
question the EPA Regional staff about application requirements
and the names and phone numbers of the appropriate contacts,
information on the number of copies required and where the
applicant is to submit them, and a recommendation that the
applicant contact the appropriate state  authority.
     An existing facility that has been  requested to submit  Part
B of the RCRA permit application is allowed at  least 6 months  to
gather, organize, and send the required  data  to EPA.  During
this time, the facility can contact the  EPA Regional Office  for
clarification or assistance.  Depending  on the  depth and com-
plexity of the issues,  the EPA or the  applicant may  find it

-------
useful to schedule a conference.  Such a meeting can facilitate
the permitting process by identifying problems early and enabling
the applicant to resolve them.
                    Claims of Confidentiality
     At the time of submittal, applicants for a RCRA permit may
assert a claim of business confidentiality for proprietary
information included in their application.  General EPA regula-
tions governing claims of confidentiality are found in Title  40
of the Code of Federal Regulations  (40 CFR), Part  2.  Specific
provisions for claims of confidentiality submitted with permit
applications  are  found in 40  CFR 122.19.
      In  these regulations,  "business  information"  means  "... any
information which pertains  to the interest  of any  business,
which was  developed or acquired by that  business,  and which is
possessed  by  EPA  in recorded form."  "Commercial  information"
refers  to  processes,  operations, style of work, ,or apparatus.
 "Financial information"  refers  to the identity,  confidential
 statistical  data, amount of source of any income,  profits,
 losses,  or expenditures  of the applicant.
      An applicant may claim that business information is entitled
 to confidential treatment for "reasons of business confidentiality."
 This includes trade secrets and commercial or financial information,
 that, if released,  would be likely to cause substantial harm to
 the competitive position of the applicant.
      Claims of confidentiality  must be  asserted when the permit
 application  is submitted.  If no claim  is asserted at that  time,
 the EPA may make the information available to the public without
 further notice to  the applicant.

-------
     To assert a claim, the applicant must attach a cover sheet
to the information, or stamp or type a notice on each page of
the information, or otherwise identify the confidential portions
of the application.  Words such as "trade secret", "confidential
business information", "proprietary", or "company confidential"
should be used.  The notice should also state whether the appli-
cant desires confidential treatment only until a certain date or
a certain event.
     Prior to releasing any information for which a claim of
confidentiality has been made, the Agency will give the applicant
an opportunity to substantiate its claim and will then determine
whether the information warrants confidential treatment.
     Applicants should limit their requests for confidential
treatment to such material that if released, is likely to cause
substantial harm to the.competitive position of their respective
companies.  Claims of confidentiality should not be asserted for
information that is reasonably obtainable without the applicant's
consent (for example, standard engineering designs).  It is
important not to claim confidentiality for the entire permit
application, as such claims will significantly delay the permit-
ting process.
     Whenever possible, the applicant should separate the  informa-
tion contained  in  the  application into confidential and nonconfiden-
tial units and  submit  them under separate cover  letters.   Claiming
confidentiality for a  large portion  of the  information  in  the
permit application and failing to separate  the application into
                                 3

-------
confidential and nonconfidential units may result in significant
delays in processing the permit application because the EPA
lacks the in-house resources for expeditiously separating out
the information entitled to confidential treatment.
                         EPA's Review of
                       Part B Applications
     When the EPA Regional Office receives a RCRA permit applica-
tion, it reviews the application for administrative and technical
completeness.  The administrative review involves a check of the
timeliness of the submittal, general data items, correct signa-
tures, and certification of relevant technical data by registered
professional engineers.
     If the application is incomplete, the EPA requests the
missing information through a "Notice-of Deficiency" (NOD)
letter.  This letter details the information needed to complete
the application and specifies the date for submission of these
data.  When the EPA has received all the necessary information,
they will notify the applicant in writing that the application
is complete.
     The EPA then performs a technical review of the application
to determine whether the facility under review has satisfied the
requirements of the standards promulgated under Title 40 of the
Code of Federal Regulations (40 CFR), Part 264, and should be
granted a RCRA permit.  A site inspection may be conducted
during the RCBA permit application review process to verify the
information contained in the application.

-------
     The Agency may choose to use state officials or a contractor
to provide technical expertise and assist in the technical
review of a permit application or to conduct onsite visits to
verify information pertinent to the issuance or denial of a RCRA
permit.
              Draft RCRA Permits and Permit Denials
     Upon completion of the technical review, the EPA Regional
Administrator tentatively decides whether to issue or deny a
RCRA permit.  If the tentative decision is to issue the permit,
the EPA regional staff prepares a draft permit for public review.
The draft RCRA permit specifies all the limitations, require-
ments, and conditions to be placed on the facility.  The Regional
Office also prepares a "fact sheet" or "statement of basis,"
which explains in simple language the reason for each condition
included in the draft permit.
     When writing a RCRA permit, the EPA may specify a schedule
for compliance rather than requiring the facility to be in full
compliance at the time of permit issuance.  A compliance schedule
allows the facility to operate while it is upgrading its opera-
tions to meet all the regulatory requirements.  Such a compliance
schedule is used only when it is clear that temporary noncompliance
will have no unacceptable effects on human health or the environment.
In its decision regarding a schedule for compliance, the Agency
also considers such factors as availability of any materials
required to upgrade the facility, construction time, and the
time required to contract for such services.
                                10

-------
     A permit may be denied if it is determined that an applicant
cannot meet the requirements of the standards set forth in 40
CFR 264, that activities at the facility will endanger human
health or the environment,  or that an applicant either has not
fully disclosed all relevant facts in the application or during
the RCRA permit issuance process or has misrepresented any
relevant facts at any time.
     If the Regional Administrator tentatively decides to deny a
RCSA permit, a notice of intent to deny a permit is prepared.
This notice is considered a type of draft permit and follows the
same procedures as any draft permit.  These procedures include
preparation of a statement of basis or fact sheet containing
reasons supporting the tentative decision to deny the permit,
public notice of the denial, acceptance of comments, a possible
hearing, preparation of a final decision, and possible receipt
of a request for appeal.
                Public Notice, Comments, Informal
                 Public Hearings, Panel Hearings
     All draft RCSA permits are subject to public notice, public
comments, and public hearing (if the Regional Administrator
finds a significant degree of public interest).  Public notice
provides interested persons a minimum of 45 days to comment on
the draft permit.
     If written opposition to the Agency's intent to issue a
permit and a request for a hearing are received during the
comment period, a public hearing will be held.  Notification of
the hearing is issued at least 30 days prior to the scheduled

                                11

-------
date,  and the public comment period is extended until the close
of the public hearing.
     The EPA Regional Office also has the option of conducting
more formal "panel hearings" when the issuance of a draft RCRA
permit is complicated enough to justify such a proceeding.
Also,  any person may request a panel hearing.  The panel hearing
enables the EPA to obtain facts on objectionable aspects of the
draft permit and to receive evidence to support suggested alter-
native permit conditions and to aid in the preparation of a
final decision on a permit.
                          Final Permits
     After the close of the public comment period (which includes
the public hearing period or any panel hearing), the Regional
Office either prepares and issues a final RCRA permit or denies
the permit application.  In either case, the applicant and
interested parties will receive public notice, which includes
information regarding appeal procedures.  Unless a later date is
specified, uncontested terms and conditions of the draft RCRA
permit become effective 30 days after the date of the public
notice.  At the time the final RCRA permit is issued, the Regional
Office also issues a response to any significant public comments
received and indicates any provisions of the draft permit that
have been changed and the reasons for the changes.  The response
to comments becomes part of the administrative record.
              Appeal to the Regional Administrator
     Persons who submitted comments on  the draft RCRA permit  or
participated in any public hearing are  allowed 30 days  after  the
                                12

-------
final permit decision to file a notice of appeal and a petition
for review with the Regional Administrator.  The Regional Admin-
istrator then grants or denies the petition within a reasonable
time.  If the Administrator decides to conduct a review, the
parties are given the opportunity to file briefs in support of
their positions,  within the 30-day period, the Administrator
also may decide to review the decision to grant or deny a hearing
on his/her own motion.  The Administrator then notifies the
parties and sets up a briefing schedule.  On review, the Admin-
istrator has several options regarding the final decision.  It
may be summarily affirmed without opinion, modified, set aside,
or remanded for further proceedings.  This petition for review
by the Administrator is a prerequisite for judicial review of
the Administrator's final decision.
                                 13

-------
                           SECTION III
                INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION OF A
                     RCRA PERMIT APPLICATION

     This section attempts to simplify preparation of a RCRA
permit application by describing in detail the information
required.  It also includes a suggested permit application
format.  The information presented is based on RCRA regulations
dealing with Part B permit requirements (40 CFR 122.25) and the
technical standards in 40 CFR 264.  Using the suggested format
and meeting the detailed requirements should enable the applicant
to complete the RCBA permit application in a timely and cost-
effective manner.  When submitting an application, the applicant
should be sure that the document is presented in  a manner that
will allow for major and minor revisions during the subsequent
review by EPA (e.g., a three-ring binder).
                 RCRA Permit Application Format
     The suggested permit application format presented in the
following pages  includes all information required for a permit
application.  Most sections of the application must be completed
by all facilities, but a few sections do not  apply to certain
facilities.  For example, existing facilities need not address
the  seismic standards in Section  B -  Facility Description.   The
applicability of such sections  is  indicated in  the narrative
that follows the outline.
                                 14

-------
     The format and explanations presented in this section are

supplemented by a model RCRA permit application for a hypotheti-

cal plant, which appears as Part 2 to this document.  This

model carefully follows the outline and provides a practical

illustration of how to approach the RCBA permit application

process.


               Suggested Permit Application Format


A.   Part A Application

B.   Facility Description

     B-l  General description [40 CFR Section 122.2S(a)(l)]
     B-2  Topographic map [40 CFR Section 122.25(a)(19)]
     3-3  Location information [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(11),
           and 264.18]
          3-3a  Seismic standard (reserved)
          B-3b  Floodplain standard
             B-3b(l)  Demonstration of compliance
                B-3b(l)(a)  Flood proofing and flood protection
                             measures
                B-3b(l)(b)  Flood plain
             B-3b(2)  Plan for future'compliance
     B-4  Traffic patterns [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(10)]

C.   Waste Characteristics

     C-l  Chemical and physical analyses [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)
           (2) and 264.13U))]
     C-2  Waste analysis plan [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(13) and
           264.13(b) and (c)]
          C-2a  Parameters and rationale
          C-2b  Test methods
          C-2c  Sampling methods
          C-2d  Frequency of analyses  ...
          C-2e  Additional requirements for waste generated offsite

D.   Process Information

     D-l  Containers [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b) (1), 264.171,
           264.172, 264.173,  264.175 and 264.176]
          D-la  Containers with free liquids
             D-la(l)  Description of containers
             D-la(2)  Container management practices


                                15

-------
         Suggested Permit Acnlication Format (continued)
             D-la(3)  Secondary containment system design and
                       operation
                D-la(3)(a)  Requirement for base to contain
                             liquids
                D-la(3)(b)  Containment system drainage
                D-la(3)(c)  Containment system capacity
                D-la(3)(d)  Control of run-on
             D-la(4)  Removal of liquids from containment system
          D-lb  Containers without free liquids
             D-lb(l)  Test for free liquids
             D-lb(2)  Description of containers
             D-lb(3)  Container management practices
             D-lb(4)  Container storage area drainage
     D-2  Tanks [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b)(2), 264.191, 264.192]
          D-2a  Description of tanks
          D-2b  Tank corrosion and erosion
          D-2c  Tank management practices
     D-3  Wastes piles [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b)(4), 264.250,
           264.251, 264.252, 264.253]
          D-3a  Waste piles with free liquids
             D-3a,(l)  Control of wind dispersal
             D-3a(2)  Control of run-on
             D-3a(3-)  Collection of leachate and runoff
             D-3 a(4)  Foundation
             D-3a(5)  Waste pile base
                D-3a(5)(a)  Containment system design
                D-3a(5)(b)  Leachate detection, collection, and
                             removal system
             D-3a(6)  Vegetation and rodent control
             D-3a(7)  Equipment and procedures for waste pile
                       movement
          D-3b  Waste piles without free liquids
             D-3b(l)  Test for free liquids
             D-3b(2)  Control of wind dispersal
             D-3b(3)  Protection from precipitation and run-on
             D-3b(4)  Demonstration that no free liquids are
                       placed on pile
     D-4  Surface impoundments
     D-5  Incinerators

£.   Ground Water Monitoring Systems (Reserved)

F.   Procedures to Prevent Hazards

     F-l  Security [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(4) and 264.14]
          F-la  Security procedures and equipment
             F-la(l)  24-hour surveillance system
             F-la(2)  Barrier and means to control entry
                F-la(2)(a)  Barrier
                F-la(2)(b)  Means to control entry

                                16

-------
    Suogested Permit Application Format (continued)
        F-la(3)  Warning signs
     F-lb  Waiver
        F-lb(l)  Injury to intruder
        F-lb(2)  Violation by intruder
F-2  Inspection schedule [40 CFR Sections 122.(a) (5),  264.15,
      264.33,  264.174,  264.194,  264.254,  264.255]
     F-2a  General inspection requirements
        F-2a(l)  Types  of problems
        F-2a(2)  Frequency of inspection
     F-2b  Specific process inspection requirements
        F-2b(l)  Container inspection
        F-2b(2)  Tank inspection
           F-2b(2)(a)  Construction materials
           F-2b(2)(b)  Surrounding area
           F-2b(2)(c)  Overfilling control equipment
           F-2b(2)(d)  Monitoring data
           F-2b(2)(e)  Level of waste
           F-2b(2)(f)  Tank condition assessment
           F-2b(2)(g)  Tank interior inspection
        F-2b(3)  Waste pile inspection
           F-2b(3)(a)  Liner systems
           F-2b(3)(b)  Manufactured liner materials
           F-2b(3)(c)  Containment system
        F-2c  Remedial action
        F-2d  Inspection log
F-3  waiver of preparedness and prevention requirements [40
      CFR Sections 122.25(a)(6), 264.32,  and 264.35]
     F-3a  Equipment requirements
        F-3a(l)  Internal communications
        F-3a(2)  External communications
        F-3a(3)  Emergency equipment
        F-3a(4)  Water for fire control
     F-3b  Aisle space requirement
F-4  Preventive procedures, structures, and equipment  [40 CFR
      Section 122.25(a)(8)]
     F-4a  Loading/unloading operations
     F-4b  Runoff
     F-4c  Water supplies
     F-4d  Equipment and power failure
     F-4e  Personnel .protection equipment
F-5  Prevention of reaction of ignitable, reactive, or
      incompatible wastes [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(9),
      122.2S(b)(l)(iii), 122.25(b)(2)(vi), 122.25(b)(4)
      (1)(C)(4),  122.25(b)(4)(il)(b)(l),-264.17, 264.21,
      264.23,  264.176,  264.177, 264.198,  264.199, 264.256,
      264.257]
     F-5a  Precautions to prevent ignition or reaction of
            ignitable or reactive wastes
     F-5b  General precautions for handling ignitable or
            reactive wastes or accidently mixing incompatible
            wastes
                           17

-------
         Suggested Permit Application Format (continued)


          F-5c  Management of ignitable or reactive wastes in
                 containers
          F-5d  Management of incompatible wastes in containers
          F-5e  Management of ignitable or reactive wastes in
                 tanks
          F-5f  Management of incompatible wastes in tanks
          F-5g  Management of ignitable or reactive wastes in
                 waste piles
          F-5h  Management of incompatible wastes in waste piles

G.   Contingency Plan

     G-l  General information [40 CFR Section 122.25(a)(7)]
     G-2  Emergency coordinators [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(7),
           264.52(d)/ and 264.55]
     G-3  Implementation of the contingency plan [40 CFR Sections
           122.25(a)(7), 264.51(b)]
     G-4  Emergency response procedures [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)
           (7),  264.52(a), 264.56,  264.171, 264.194{c), 264.255,
           and 264.258]
          G-4a  Notification
          G-4b  Identification of hazardous materials
          G-4c  Assessment
          G-4d  control procedures
          G-4e  Prevention of recurrence or spread of fires,
                 explosions, or releases
          G-4f  Storage and treatment of released material
          G-4g  Incompatible wastes
          G-4h  Post-emergency equipment maintenance
          G-4i  Container spills and leakage
          G-4j  Tank spills and leakage
          G~4k  Waste piles
             G-4k(l)  Indication of waste pile containment system
                       failure
             G-4k(2)  Elements of a containment system evaluation
                       and repair plan
             G-4k(3)  Criteria and procedures for removal of waste
                       pile from service in the case of positive
                       failure of the containment system
             G-4k(4)  Restoration of a waste pile to service
             G-4k(5)  Course of action after waste pile is removed
                       from service
     G-5  Emergency equipment [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(7) and
           264.52(e)]
     G-6  Coordination agreements  [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a) (7),
           264.52(c) and 264.37]
     G-7  Evacuation plan [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(7), 264.52(f)]
     G-8  Required reports  [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(7), 264.S6(d),
           264.56(i), and 264.73(b)(4)]

-------
         Suoaested Permit Acolication Format (continued)
H.   Personnel Training

     H-l  Outline-of training program  [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a) (12 )
           and 264.16]
          H-la  Job titles and duties
          H-lb  Training content, frequency, and techniques
          H-lc  Training director
          H-ld  Relevance of training to job position
          H-le  Training for emergency response
             H-le(l)  Procedures for using, inspecting, repairing,
                       and replacing facility's emergency and
                       monitoring equipment
             H-le(2)  Key parameters for automatic waste feed
                       cutoff systems
             H-le(3)  Communications on alarm systems
             H-le{4)  Response to fires
             H-le(5)  Response to groundwater contamination
                       incidents
             H-le(6)  Shutdown of operations
     H-2  Implementation of training program [40 CFR Sections
           122.2S(a)(12) and 264.16]

I.   Closure Flans, Post-Closure Plans and Financial Requirements

     1-1  Closure plans [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(13), 264.111,
           264.112, 264.113, 264.178, 264.197, and 264.258
          I-la  Closure performance standard
          I-lb  Partial closure
          I-lc  Maximum waste inventory
          I-ld  Disposal or decontamination of equipment
             I-ld(l)  Closure of containers
             I-ld(2)  Closure of tanks
             I-ld(3)  Closure of waste piles
           I-le  Schedule for closure
           I-If  Extensions for closure time
     1-2  Post-closure plans*
     1-3  Motice in deed and notice to local land authority*
     1-4  Closure cost estimate  [40 CFR Sections 122.2S(a)(15)
           and 264.142]
     1-5  Financial assurance mechanism for closure  [40 CFR
           Sections 122.25(a)(l), 264.143,  and 264.151]
          I-5a  Closure trust fund
          I-5b  Surety bond
          I-5c  Closure letter of credit
          I-5d  Closure insurance
          I-5e  Financial test
          I-5f  Combinations
  These items apply only to disposal  facilities.

                                19

-------
         Suggested Permit Application Format (continued)


             I-5f(l)   Multiple financial mechanisms
             I-5f(2)   Use of financial mechanism for multiple
                       facilities
          I-5g  Proof of financial coverage by an equivalent state
                 financial mechanism
     1-6  Post-closure cost estimate*
     1-7  Financial assurance mechanism for post-closure*
     1-8  Liability requirements [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(17),
           264.147, and 264.151]
          I-8a  Sudden insurance
          I-8b  Non-sudden insurance**
          I-8c  Financial test for liability insurance
          I-3d  Variance procedures
          I-de  Adjustment procedures
     1-9  State mechanisms
          I-9a  Use of state-required mechanisms [40 CFR Sections
                 122.25(a)(18), 264.149, and 264.150]
          I-9b  State assumption of responsibility

J.   Other Federal Laws  [40 CFR Sections 122.12 and 122.25(a)(20)

K.   Certification [40 CFR Sections 122..6(a) and (d)]
 * These items apply only to  disposal  facilities.

 ** Required  for surface impoundments,  landfills,  or land treatment
   facilities.

                                 20

-------
         Detailed Instructions and Content Requirements
     The detailed instructions provided herein encompass the
content requirements of each permit section identified in the
suggested RCRA Permit Application Format and cites the Federal
regulation from which they were developed.
     Sources of information applicants may use to prepare por-
tions of the permit application are identified by reference
numbers in parentheses at the end of each section.
     Certain technical data submitted in the permit application
must be certified by a registered professional engineer; these
include design drawings and specifications and engineering
studies.

A.  PART A APPLICATION [CFR Sections 122.4(d) and 122.24]
     Submit a revised Part A application if corrections to your
     original submission are necessary because of changes at
     your facility, inaccuracies in your submission, or changes
            »
     in the RCRA regulations.  Unless a revised Part A application
     is received, your original submittal will be used for
     review purposes.

B.  FACILITY DESCRIPTION
B-l  General Description [40 CFR Section 122.25(a)(1)]
     Provide a general description of the hazardous waste manage-
     ment facility in sufficient detail to familiarize the
     reviewer with its overall operation.  Include the facility
     name, contact, mailing address, and location.  Briefly
                                21

-------
     describe the nature of the business (e.g.,  products or
     services offered).   Provide a company brochure if one is
     available.   Offsite facilities should identify the types of
     industries  serviced.  Onsite facilities should briefly
     describe the process(es) involved in the generation of
     hazardous waste (Reference 1).

B-2  Topographic Map [40 CFR Section 122.25(a)(19) ]
     Submit a topographic map with a scale in which 1 inch
     equals no more than 200 feet and with contour intervals
     that are sufficient to clearly show the pattern of surface
     water flow in the vicinity of the hazardous waste units.
     The map must cover an area extending 1000 feet beyond the
     facility property line.  The map(s) oust show the scale,
     date, 100-year floodplain area, surface waters (including
     intermittent streams) and direction of their flow, surround-
     ing land uses, a wind rose, wind speed and direction, map
     orientation, legal property line boundaries of the facility,
     access control, injection and withdrawal wells, buildings,
     structures, the location of each intake and discharge
     structure,  sewers,  loading and unloading areas, fire control,
     flood control or drainage barriers, and location of hazard-
     ous waste operations units.  More  than one map may be used
     to indicate the items listed above.  On- a case-by-case
     basis the Agency may accept maps with contour  intervals  or
     scales other than those specified  in the regulations.
     Consult your EPA or state agency for further  guidance.

                                22

-------
          The Part B topographic map will differ from the map
     submitted with the Part A of the application in area of
     coverage and level of detail (References 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
     8).
B-3  Location Information
3-3a  Seismic Standard [40 CFR Section 264.18(a) and 122.25(a)(11)
      (i) and (ii)]
     Existing facilities are not required to comply with the
     seismic standards.
B-3b  Floodplain Standard [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a) (11)(ill)
      and 264.13(b)]
     Provide documentation identifying whether the facility is
     located within a 100-year floodplain.  The Federal  Insur-
     ance Administration, through the National Flood Insurance
     Program,* is the prime supplier of floodplain maps.  Other
     Federal agencies (e.g., the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers,
     the Soil Conservation Services, and the U.S. Geological
     Survey) supply maps or information that will help you
     determine the boundaries of the 100-year floodplain.   If
     FIA maps are not available, equivalent mapping techniques
     must be used.  Facilities located within the 100-year
     floodplain must identify the 100-year flood level and  any
     other special flooding factors (e.g., wave action)  that
     must be considered to prevent washout (References 9, 10,  3,
     4,  5, 7, 8,  11)!
  National Flood Insurance Program, P.O. Box 34294, Bethesda,
  Maryland 20034.
                                23

-------
B-3b(l)  Demonstration of Compliance [40 CFR Section 122.25(a)(11)
         (iv)]
     If your facility is located within the 100-year floodplain,
     describe how.the facility is designed, constructed, oper-
     ated,  and maintained to prevent washout of any hazardous
     waste in the event of a flood by either of the following
     methods.

B-3b(l)(a)  Flood Proofing and Flood Protection Measures  [40 CFR
            Section 122.25(a)(ll) iv (A) and (B)]
     Provide structural or other engineering studies showing the
     design of the tanks, containers, or waste piles and the
     flood-proofing and protection devices (i.e., freeboard,
     fencing, diversion structures) at the facility and how they
     will prevent washout.  The study should include an analysis
     of the structural integrity of the waste units and/or the
     flood protection devices to withstand the various hydro-
     dynamic and hydrostatic forces expected as a result of a
     100-year flood (References 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
     19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25).
B-3b(l)(b)  Flood Plan  [40 CFR Section 122.25(a)(ll)(iv)(C)]
     Describe the procedures for removing hazardous waste to
     safety before the  facility becomes flooded.  Include the
     timing of such movement related to flood levels  (including
     estimated time to move the waste) to  show that it  can be
     completed before floodwaters reach the facility; a des-
     cription of  the location(s) to which  the waste will  be
     moved and proof of  the eligibility of these  locations  to

                                 24

-------
     receive hazardous wastes (i.e., RCRA Interim Status Facili-
     ties or RCBA Permitted Facilities); the planned procedures,
     equipment, and personnel to be used and the means of ensuring
     that these resources will be available when needed; and tne
     potential for accidental discharges of the wastes during .
     movement .
B-3b(2) Plan for Future Compliance  (40 CFR Section 122.25(a)
     If your facility is not in compliance with the floodplain
     regulation, provide a plan showing how and when it will be
     brought into compliance.  (Existing facilities located in
     the 100-year floodplain that do not have a flood plan or
     are not designed to withstand a washout are not in compli-
                              ,1
     ance with the floodplain regulations . )

B-4  Traffic Patterns [40 CFR Section 122.25(a) (10) ]
     Describe the means of transporting hazardous waste material
     on your facility's property; include  traffic pattern,
     traffic control, and estimated volume.  List the weight of
     trucks transporting hazardous waste (state the maximum
     weight of fully loaded trucks), the load bearing capacity
     of the roads, and the road surfacing.

     For facilities receiving hazardous waste from  off site, also
     describe the movement of the waste material to the facility
     from the point where it leaves the nearest major highway.
     °rovide a diagram indicating traffic  route, traffic  controls,
     and land use (commercial or residential streets) (Reference
     26).

                                25

-------
C.  WASTE CHARACTERISTICS
C-l  Chemical and Physical Analyses [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)
    (2) and 264.13(a) J
     Provide the following information on each hazardous waste
     stored or treated at the facility:  (1) general descrip-
     tion; (2) hazardous characteristics (corrosive, toxic,
     ignitable, reactive); (3) basis for hazardous designation.
     (For a listed waste, identify the EPA hazardous waste
     number; for an ignitable waste, specify the flash point;
     for a reactive waste identify under what conditions the
     waste reacts; for a corrosive waste, identify pfi; for  an EP
     toxic waste, identify the E? toxic constituents and their
     concentrations.)
     Include a copy of the laboratory report(s) detailing chemi-
     cal and physical analyses of representative samples of the
     hazardous waste, and give the date these analyses were
     performed.  The analyses may include existing published or
     documented data on the hazardous waste or on hazadous
     wastes generated from a similar process.  Offsite facili-
     ties may submit information supplied by the generator
     (References 27, 28, 29, 30).
C-2  Waste Analysis Plan  (40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(3) and
     264.13(b) and (c)J
     Provide a copy of the waste analysis plan indicating how
     the facility will ensure that analysis of hazardous waste
     is accurate and up to date  (i.e., that includes  any changes
                                 26

-------
     in the process that generated the hazardous waste) (Refer-
     ences 1,  3,  28,  45).  The plan should include a description
     of how the waste analyses will be performed; a list of the
     parameters chosen for analysis and an explanation of the
     rationale for their selection; a description of the test
     methods used to test for the chosen parameters;11' a list of
     the sampling methods used to obtain a representative sample
     of each waste;* a description of the frequency at which the
     analyses will be repeated; and for facilities handling
     waste generated offsite, a description of the procedures
     used to inspect and/or analyze wastes generated offsite
     (including procedures to determine their identity and the
     sampling methods used).
D.  PROCESS INFORMATION
0-1  Containers
D-la  Containers with Free Liquids
D-la(l)  Description of  Containers  [40 CFR Sections 264.171 and
         264.172]
     Describe the  facility's primary containment devices  for
     hazardous waste storage.  The  description  should  include
     types, dimensions  (including usable volume),  and  liner
     specifications, and whether the containers  are new,  reused.
  Refer to methods in EPA S.W. 846, Test Methods  for  Evaluating
  Solid Wastes, Physical/Chemical Methods  or  40 CFR Part 261,
  Appendix I,  II, and III where  applicable.
                                 27

-------
    recycled, or  reconditioned.   Include  container  manufac-
    turer's  specifications,  if  available.  Types  of containers
    can  include,  but  are  not restricted to,  metal drums,  fiber
    drums, barrels, Jcegs, bags,  multiwall paper,  polyethylene
     (PE)  film,  small  bags,  pouches,  folding  boxes,  corrugated
    cartons,  bulk boxes,  carboys,  plastic drums,  bottles,  cans,
    pails, and  wrap materials.   Indicate  container  markings  (in
    the  form of labels, placards,  tags, or stencils).   Document
    the  compatibility of  the waste(s)  with the storage container(s)
    in use at the facility.  This documentation can consist of
    references  to published scientific or industrial engi-
    neering  literature, data from trial  tests (e.g., bench-scale
    or pilot-scale tests),  waste analyses, or the results of
     the  storage or treatment of similar wastes under comparable
    operating conditions,  when information on experience with
     similar  wastes and materials (structural materials and
     linings) is not available,  corrosion tests are highly
     recommended.  Only wastes that significantly accelerate
     corrosion or deterioration (as opposed to normal expected
     container corrosion)  are considered incompatible with the
     containment material.
D-la(2)  Container Management Practices [40 CFR Section 264.173]
     Describe what container management practices are used to
     ensure that containers holding hazardous waste  are always
     closed during storage  (except when adding or removing
     waste).   Provide assurance that containers are  not opened,
     handled, or stored in  a manner that may  rupture the container
                                28

-------
or cause it to leak.  Include a detailed exhibit (facility
drawing) and discussion of the container storage area.  The
facility drawing must show the layout of the container
arrangement for both outdoor and indoor locations.  Specify
the maximum number of containers in the storage area, the
type and volume of containers to be stored, separation and
aisle spacing distances, and the location of various waste
types.  Clearly show the storage locations of incompatible,
reactive, and ignitable wastes.  Also indicate possible
ignition sources of the facility (e.g., open flames).  If
containers are stacked, indicate the maximum number of
containers and the height of the containers.  Also, distin-
guish between the location of container storage areas and
container staging areas by clearly defining the design,
function, and operation of the staging areas.  On  the
facility drawing of outdoor storage areas, indicate  loca-
tions that typically receive  full sunlight.  Describe  the
machinery, equipment,  and procedures used  to move  containers
containing hazardous waste to  and within storage  locations.
Indicate the  frequency with which storage  containers  con-
taining hazardous waste are opened  to  add  or  remove  waste
during  the container's useful  storage  life at  the  facility.
If a system of  tracking the  age  of  drums  and  other con-
tainers is included in the container  storage  management
practices, state whether  the  dates  are actually marked on
the drums  and other containers or  placed on the schematic
of the  container  storage  area.
                            29

-------
D-la(3)  Secondary Containment System Design and Opera-
         tion [40 Cm Sections 122.25(b)(l) and 264.175(b)]
     Describe the design and operation of the secondary contain-
     ment system in the container storage area.  The description
     should clearly demonstrate the system's adequacy to hold
     spills, leaks, and precipitation until detection and removal.
     Include a drawing of the secondary containment system
     design; show the dimensions of the containment system,
     location of the storage area containers on the base/liner,
     leachate collection system, slope characteristics, base
     grading, height of auxiliary structures (curbs, dikes,
     berms, ditches, trenches), and the location of the sump or
     collection area.
D-la(3)(a)  Requirement for Base or Liner to Contain Liquids
             [40 CFR Section 264.175(b)(1)]
     Demonstrate that the containers of free liquids are located
     on a base free of cracks or gaps  and sufficiently imper-
     vious  to contain leaks, spills, and accumulated preci-
     pitation until the collected material  is  detected and
     removed.  Include the base or liner characteristics and
     specifications for all concrete,  asphaltic,  and membrane
     linings.  Indicate the construction material  used for  the
     base or liner, provide liner/base manufacturer's  specifica-
     tions  and information, and include engineering data used  as
     the basis for construction of the base.   This information
     should be sufficient to verify  that the base material  and
     thickness are adequate to  support the  weight of the  containers
     Document that the types  of waste  stored  are compatible with
     the  liner or  base to be  used.
                                30

-------
D-la(3)(b)  Containment System Drainage [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b)
            (l)(l)(3) and*264.175(b)(2)]
     If the containers are stored in direct contact with the
     base, state how the base is sloped or how the containment
     system is otherwise designed and operated to drain and
     remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipita-
     tion.  Included in the various designs that comply with
     this requirement are drains that lead into a sump under  the
     base, a sloped base that directs liquids into a sump, or a
     system by which accumulated liquids are pumped out of the
     containment area shortly after being detected.  If the
     containers are elevated or otherwise protected from contact
     with accumulated.liquids (i.e., a  roof over the drain
     area), you only need to describe the storage practice used
     to accomplish this protection  (i.e., how containers are
     stacked on pallets, plywood sheets, and/or  racks).
D-la(3)(c)  Containment System Capacity [40 CFR  Sections 122.25(b)
          .  (l)(i)(C) and 264.17S(b)(3)]
     Document that the containment  system has sufficient capac-
     ity  to contain  10 percent of the volume of  all the containers
     or the volume of the largest container, whichever  is  greater.
     Describe how the containment system has  fared  during  extreme
     precipitation events.
D-la(3)(d)  Control  of  Run-On  [40 CFR  Sections  122.25(b)(1)(i)(D)
            and 264.175(b)(4)]
     Describe how run-on  into the containment system  is pre-
     vented, unless  the collection  system  has sufficient  capac-
     ity  in excess of that  required in the  previous "Containment

                                 31

-------
     System Capacity" discussion [D-la(3)(c)J to contain any
     run-on that might enter the system.  Describe the role of
     containment system auxiliary structures and other engi-
     neering land-grading designs in preventing run-on into the
     containment system, and in promoting drainage away from the
     containment area (e.g., drain tiles installed at the out-
     side perimeter of the containment curb to drain any col-
     lected water to the sewer system).
D-la(4)  Removal of Liquids from Containment System  [40 CFR Sec-
         tions 122.2S(b)(l)(i)(E) and 264.175(b)(5) ]
     Describe how spilled or leaked waste and accumulated preci-
     pitation will be removed from the collection area or sump
     in as timely a manner as is necessary to prevent overflow
     of the collection system.  Include sump pump design and
     operating capabilities, piping specifications,  and dia-
     grams-.  Describe the management procedures for  accumulated
     liquids and the ultimate fate of such liquids removed  from
     the containment system.
D-lb  Containers Without Free Liquids
D-lb(l)  Test for Free Liquids  [40 CFR  Section 122. 25 (b)
     Describe the test procedures  and  results  or provide other
     doc'.ja'sntation or information  to show  that the containerised
     wastes do not contain  free  liquids.
     A proposed test protocol  for  free liquids is provided on
     page 8311 of the February 25,  1982, Federal Register.  The
     protocol calls for  a representative sample of the waste

                                 32

-------
     from a container to be filtered and the filtrate to be
     collected in a beaker or cylinder.  If free liquid passes
     through the filter, then the waste is considered to hold
     free liquids.
D-lb(2)  Description of containers [40 CFR Sections
         264.171 and 264.172]
     Provide a description similar to the one used for free
     liquid containers, D-la(l).
D-lb(3)  Container Management Practices [40 CFR Section 264.173]
     Provide a description of container management practices
     similar to the one used for free liquid containers, D-la(2).
D-lb(4)  Container Storage Area Drainage [40 CFR Sections
         122.2S(b)(l)(ii)(B) and 264.175(c)]
     Provide a description of the container storage area drain-
     age similar to the one used for free liquid containers,
     D-la(3)(b).
D-2  Tanks
D-2a  Description of Tanks  [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b) (2)
      and 264.191
     Describe all facility storage, overflow, and processing
     tanks used for hazardous waste management.  The  description
     should include the number and types of tanks, the type of
     waste they contain, and whether the tanks are covered.   In-
     clude manufacturer's literature or other engineering  infor-
     mation, if available.  Tank design specifications should
     include specific data on dimensions (height, diameter,
                                 33

-------
    measured uniform  shell  thickness),  capacity,  and  the  mate-
    rial  and method of  construction.   Include  design  operating
    temperature  and pressure  information.   State  that the tanks
    are designed in accordance  with the design standard codes
    of the  American Petroleum Institute (API),  the American
    Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME),  Underwriters'
    Laboratories,  the American Concrete Institute standard, or
    some  other standard design code.   Provide  the applicable
    standard  code section and year.  Indicate  the specific
    gravity of the liquid in the tanks and the maximum height
    of the  liquid level in the tank(s) during storage.
    Provide detailed engineering drawings for each tank con-
    taining a hazardous waste.  Give specifications for the
     foundation,  structural support, seams, and pressure controls
     to demonstrate that the tanks will not collapse or rupture.
D-2b  Tank Corrosion and Erosion [40 CFR Sections  122.25(b) (2)(n)
    •  and 264.192(a)]
     Describe the lining and coating materials  (if any) used  to
     protect tank construction materials from corrosion or
     erosion.   Demonstrate the compatibility of the hazardous
     waste with  the tank construction  and  the  lining  and  coating
     materials.  This documentation can consist of references to
     published scientific or  industrial engineering literature,
     data from trial  tests  (e.g., bench-scale  or  pilot-scale
     tests), waste analyses,  or  the results  of the storage  or
     treatment of  similar wastes under comparable operating
     conditions.   When  information  on  experience  with similar
                                 34

-------
     wastes and materials (structural materials and linings) is
     not available,  corrosion tests are highly recommended.
     Provide information on the type of gaskets in use and their
     material of construction.   Describe how the shell thickness
     will be maintained when the tank is built or converted to
     store hazardous waste. . Provide information on the rate of
     tank corrosion or erosion actually detected by measurement.
     Include information about any treatment reagents used in
     all of the facility tanks.
D-2c  Tank Management Practices [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b)(2)(iv),
      122.25(b)(2)(v) and 264.192(b)]
     Describe tank operating practices and control devices to
     prevent overfilling and overtopping.  For covered tanks,
     submit engineering process flow diagrams  indicating the
     location, numbers, and types  of pressure  and overfilling
     controls and feed systems.  For uncovered tanks, submit
     engineering process flow  diagrams indicating the location
     and operational practices of  the  safety cutoffs or bypass
     systems and the amount of freeboard.  Describe what moni-
     toring will be done to ensure that  each tank is operated
     according to design.  Describe the  procedures used to
     measure the following process variables:  temperature  of
     waste, pressure,  flow level,  and  specific gravity; indicate
     how  frequently these  measurements are  taken.  The process
     flow  diagram should show  the  flow direction of  liquid  or
     vapor within the  facility and (if available)  flow rates.
     The  flow  diagram  must -indicate any waste  streams  in  the
                                 35

-------
     flow process that vent directly to the atmosphere or dis-
     charge directly to the municipal wastewater treatment
     system.
     Provide a piping and instrumentation diagram (P&ID) that
     shows instruments such as valves, level and pressure con-
     trols, and temperature and pressure indicators that are
     used to control and monitor the operation of the tanks.
     Provide a plot plan of the facility with each piece of
     equipment (drawn to scale), and locate each piece of equip-
     ment in relation to the entire facility.  Include the
     location of tank diking and drainage systems for tanks,
     space requirements between equipment, and receiving areas
     for wastes.
D-3  Waste Piles
D-3a  waste Piles with Free Liquids  [40 CFR section
     '122.2S(b)(4)(i)]
D-3a(l)  Control of Wind Dispersal  [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b)(4)
         (i)(A), 264.251(a) and 264.2S2(a)]
     For each waste pile, describe the technique(s) for control-
     ling wind dispersal.  Include such considerations as waste
     pile siting; pile slope design  and compaction; the use of
     water sprays, dust suppressants  other than water, and
     stabilizers; windbreaks; and enclosures  (if they are used
     as waste pile management techniques  for  control of wind
     dispersal).  If the waste pile  is situated in a totally
     enclosed building, describe the  dust evacuation method.
                                 36

-------
D-3a(2)  Control of ' Sun-on [40 CFS Sections 122.25(b)(4)(3) (1)
         and 264.252(b)]
     Describe measures for preventing water from flowing into
     the pile.  Discuss the diversion of run-on by describing
     the location and construction of such structures as benns,
     dikes, walls, curbs, trenches, or other manmade or natural
     barriers in the waste pile area.
D-3a(3)  Collection of Leachate and Runoff [40 CFR Sections
         122.25(b)(4)(B)(2),  122.2S(b)(4)(i)(C)(2), 264.2Sl(b),
         264.252(b) and 264.253U) (1) ]
     Describe the waste pile leachate and runoff collection and
     control system.  Show how accumulated leachate and precipi-
     tation will be removed from the collection area or sump  as
     necessary to prevent overflow of the leachate collection
     system.  Include sump pump design and operating capabili-
     ties, piping specifications,  and diagrams.  Indicate  the
     leachate management procedures  and the ultimate fate  of
     accumulated liquids removed from the containment system.
D-3a(4)  Foundation [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b) (4)(B) (3 ) and
         264.253(b)(2)j
     Provide engineering data to demonstrate that the foundation
     is capable of holding the weight of the base or liner, the
     pile, and any equipment to be used.  Also describe the
     foundation construction material (i.e., soil, concrete,  or
     asphalt).   (Refer  to the Model  Permit Application, Section
     D on Waste Piles - Foundation,  for a specific example.)
D-3a(5)  Waste Pile Base
                                 37

-------
D-3a(5)(a)  Containment System Design [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b)
            (4)(B)(4),  264.253(a), 264.253(b), and 264.253(d)
     Present containment system engineering plan drawings de-
     picting all control systems and structures associated with
     the waste pile.  Provide information to demonstrate that
     the waste pile will be located on a base that is free of
     cracks or gaps and sufficiently impervious to contain
     leachate and accumulated precipitation until the collected
     material is detected and removed.  Include the base or
     liner characteristics and manufacturers' specifications for
     all concrete, asphaltic, and membrane liners.  Document
     that the types of waste to be stored in the pile will be
     compatible with the liner or base.  Discuss which wastes
     will be contained and how these .will be combined.  State
     the estimated life of the hazardous waste pile and show
     that the containment system will have a containment life
     equal to or greater than the life of the pile.
D-3a(5)(b)  Leachate Detection, Collection and Removal System
            [40 CFR Sections 122.25
-------
D-3a(6)  Vegetation and Rodent Control [40 CFR Sections 122. 25 (b)
         (4)(i)(C)(l) and 264.253(c)]
     Describe precautions taken to protect the waste pile base
     or liner and its components from plant growth that might
     puncture it and cause a failure.  Indicate any precautions
     provided to prevent puncture by rodents or other ground-
     burrowing animals .
D-3a(7)  Equipment and Procedures for Waste Pile Movement [40 CFR
         Sections 122.2S(b) (4) (i)(C) (3 ) ]
     Describe all the facility equipment and operational pro-
     cedures used to add waste to the pile or to remove waste
     from the pile, or to expose the liner surface for cleaning.
D-3b  Waste Piles Without Free Liquids [40 CFR section 122. 25 (b)
D-3b(l)  Test for Free Liquids  [40 CFR Section 122. 25 (b) (4)
     Provide test procedures and results or other documentation
     or information to show that the piled wastes do  not  contain
     free liquids . . Also show that  the wastes will  not  generate
     leachate by decomposition or other reactions during  the
     time they are managed in the waste pile.
D-3b(2)  Control of Wind Dispersal  [40 CJR sections I22.25(b)(4)
         (ii)(C) and 264.250(b)(4)]
     Provide descriptions similar to those for  controlling wind
     dispersal for waste piles having  free liquids,  D-3a(l).
D-3b(3)  Protection from Precipitation and Run-on  [40 CFR Sec-
         tions 122.25(b)(4)(ii)(B), 264.250(b){2) ] ,  and
         264.2SO(b)(3)
     Describe how the pile is protected  from precipitation and
     run-on by a structure or cover so that neither runoff nor
                                39

-------
     leachate is generated.  Include a detailed description of
     the structure.  Also describe how the pile is protected
     from surface water run-on.
D-3b(4)  Demonstration That No Free Liquids Are Placed on Pile
         [40 CFR Sections 122.2S(b)(4)(ii)(D)(2) and 264.2SO(b)
         (1)]
     Describe procedures to insure that liquids or materials
     containing free liquids are not placed on the pile; i.e.,
     by performing a waste analysis test for free liquids  [see
     D-lb(l)] or testing the waste upon receipt at the facility
     and handling it appropriately before placement on the pile
     (Reference 31).  '
D-4  Surface Impoundments , [40 CFR Sections 122.2S(b)(3) and
     264.220-264.223J
     This section has been reserved until this document  is
     expanded to address existing facilities that treat  or store
     hazardous wastes in surface impoundments.
D-5  Incinerators  [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b)(5) and 264.340-
     264.351]
     This section has been reserved until this document  is
     expanded to include requirements  for existing incinerators.
S.  GROUNDWATER MONITORING [40 CFR Section  265.90-265.94]
     This section has been reserved until this document  is
     expanded to include information on  land disposal  facil-
     ities .
                                 40

-------
F.  PROCEDURES TO PREVENT HAZARDS
F-l  Security
     Describe the security procedures and equipment identified
     below, or provide a request and substantiation for a waiver
     of any of these requirements.
F-la  Security Procedures and Equipment [40 CFR Sections 122.25
      (a)(4) and 264.14]
     The permit applicant has the option of fulfilling the
     requirements of either F-la(l) or F-la(2).
F-la(l)  24-hour Surveillance System [40 CFR Section 264.14{b)(1)]
     Describe the system used to monitor and control entry to
     the active portion of the facility.  If possible, all
     related structures and equipment should be indicated on a
     plot plan.  If a 24-hour surveillance system is used, de-
     scribe all facets of the system, including personnel, pro-
     cedures, structures, and equipment used (Reference 32).
F-la(2)  Barrier and Means to Control Entry  [40 CFR Section 264.14
         (b)(2)(i) and  (ii)]
     If a  fence or wall is used to control entry, indicate
     height, type of material, and locking devices of  the
     barrier.  Describe how entry is controlled at all times
     (Reference 32).
F-la(3)  Warning Signs  [40 CFR Section 264.14{c)]
     Indicate the location of required warning signs.  If the
     facility is in an  area where any language other  than
     English is commonly used, indicate the  language  and  include
     the legend of posted signs.  Indicate that warning signs
     are legible from at least 25 feet.
                                41

-------
F-Lb  Waiver [40 CFR Section 264.14(a)]
     If you belive a waiver of any of the requirements of 264.14
     is appropriate, you must demonstrate that unknowing or
     unauthorized persons or livestock would not injure them-
     selves or cause a RCSA violation upon entering the active
     portion of a facility.  Both these points may be demon-
     strated by showing that the nature and duration of the
     hazard potential from the hazardous waste onsite does not
     warrant the required security procedure or equipment.  In
     addition, if you can show that your facility provides
     certain features, such as cover materials or containers,
     that would prevent contact with the waste or potentially
     hazardous contact with equipment or structures, certain
     security procedures and equipment might not be needed.
     Finally, a waiver justification could show that safety or
     operating practices related to equipment and structures
     would eliminate the potential for an intruder to cause a
     spill, mix incompatible wastes, ignite ignitable or  reactive
     waste, damage  containment or monitoring systems, etc.  The
     circumstances  under which a waiver will be granted are
     limited  (Reference 28).
?-2  Inspection Schedule  [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a) (5), 264.15]
     Provide  a copy of the  general inspection schedule  (see
     Table 3  of the Model Permit Application in Part  2  of this
     document).   The  inspection schedule  should be  broken down
     into general  inspection requirements and specific  process
                                42

-------
     inspection requirements,  as shown.   For both general and
     specific inspection requirements,  reference in the schedule
     any inspection procedures or frequencies the manufacturer
     has recommended for any equipment or structures.  In addi-
     tion,  state that the inspection schedule will be kept at
     the facility.
F-2a  General Inspection Requirements [40 CFR Sections 264.15(a)
      and (b) and 264.33]
     The inspection schedule should indicate the safety, emer-
     gency,  and security devices and monitoring, operating, and
     structural equipment to be inspected.  Examples of the this
     equipment are flow and liquid level monitors, leachate
     monitors, hazardous gas detectors, respirators, alarm and
     communication systems, emergency power and  lighting,  fire
     protection and control equipment, smoke detectors,  first
     aid equipment, decontamination equipment,  surveillance
     systems, barriers surrounding the facility,  locking devices,
     fire and explosion barriers, ventilation equipment, and
     spill detection, control,  and collection equipment.   The
     inspection plan must  include areas  inside  and outside
     buildings where hazardous  waste  is  handled (References  33,
     34, 35, 32,  36).
 F-2a(l)  Types of Problems  [40  CFR  Section 264.15(b) (3 ) ]
     The schedule must  identify the  types  of problems  that are
     to be looked for during  the inspection (e.g., malfunctions,
     deteriorations, inoperative sump pumps,  leaking fittings,
     and eroding  dikes).
                                 43

-------
F-2a(2)  Frequency of Inspection [40 CFR Section 264.15(b)(4)]
     The schedule must identify the frequency of inspection for
     the items on the schedule.  The frequency may vary; it
     should be based on the rate of possible deterioration of
     the equipment and the probability of an environmental or
     human health incident if the deterioration, malfunction, or
     any operator error should go undetected between inspections.
     Areas sub]ect to spills (e.g., loading and unloading areas)
     must be inspected daily when in use.
F-2b  Specific Process Inspection Requirements
F-2(b)(l)  Container Inspection  [40 CIH Section 264.174]
     Describe in detail how at least weekly inspections are
     performed in areas where containers are stored.  Describe
     procedures and elaborate on methods used to detect leaking
     containers.  Indicate how the  inspection includes careful
     status checks for the deterioration of containers and the
     containment system as a result of corrosion or other fac-
     tors.
F-2(b)(2)  Tank Inspection  [40 CFR  Sections 264.194(a)  and  (b)]
     Describe in detail how each of the tanks and  its  related
     facility components  are inspected on  a scheduled  weekly or
     daily basis, as required.   Provide a  list  of  equipment  and
     parts to be inspected.  Describe how  the tank construction
     materials of the  above-ground  external portions  of the  tank
     are  inspected weekly (while the  tank  remains  in  service)  to
     detect corrosion  or  erosion and  leaking  of fixtures  and
     seams.  Discuss how  the area  immediately surrounding the
                                 44

-------
     tank is inspected weekly to detect obvious signs of leakage.
     Specify how tank overfill control equipment,  such as waste
     feed cutoff systems and bypass systems, are inspected daily
     to ensure good working order.  Describe the daily inspection
     procedures undertaken to ensure that the tank is being
     operated according to its design (by types of data gathered
     from tank monitoring equipment).  For uncovered tanks,
     describe how the level of waste is measured daily to ensure
     maintenance of sufficient freeboard to prevent overtopping
     by wave or wind action or by precipitation.
     Elaborate on the schedule, and document the methods used
     for comprehensive inspection of the tank interior to detect
     cracks, leaks, corrosion, or erosion that may lead to wall
     thinning to less than sufficient shell strength.  Discuss
     established procedures for emptying the tank to allow entry
     and inspection of the interior.  The frequency of these
     inspection assessments must be based on the tank's material
     of construction, the type of corrosion or erosion protection
     used, the rate of corrosion or erosion observed during
     previous inspections, and the characteristics of the waste
     being treated or stored (References 37, 38, 39, 40, 41).
F-2(b)(3)  Waste Pile Inspection  [40 CFR Sections 254.254U)
           and 264.255]
     Describe how liner systems were inspected for uniformity,
     damage, and imperfections during the construction or instal-
     lation of the waste pile base, and how manufactured liner
     materials are inspected to ensure tight seams and joints
                                45

-------
     and the absence of tears and blisters.  Describe how the
     containment system is inspected whenever there is any
     indication of possible failure (Reference 42).
F-2c  Remedial Action [40 CFR Sections 264.15(c) 264.194(c) and
      264.255]
     Describe procedures for ensuring that any deterioration or
     malfunction of equipment or structures revealed by the
     inspection will be remedied on a schedule that prevents an
     environmental or human- health hazard.  Procedures identi-
     fied in the contingency plan that describe remedial actions
     to be taken in the event of potential hazard can be refer-
     enced in this section.
F-2d  Inspection Log [40 CFR Section 264.15(d)]
     Provide a copy of the inspection log.  (Example is provided
     in Supplement 1-B of the Model Permit Application in Part 2
     of this document.)  At a minimum, these records oust include
     the date and time of the inspection, the name of the inspec-
     tor, a notation of the observations made, and the date and
     nature of any repairs or other remedial actions.
F-3  Waiver of Preparedness and Prevention Requirements  [40 CFR
     Sections 122.25(a)(6), 264.32, and 264.35]
     If you wish to request a waiver  for preparedness and pre-
     vention requirements, you must provide the following:
F-3a  Equipment Requirements  [40 CFR  Section 264.32]
     Justification showing that none  of the hazards posed by
     waste handled at the facility could require  the  following
     specified equipment:  internal and external  communications
                                46

-------
     equipment,  spill- and fire-control equipment,  decontamina-
     tion equipment,  and water at adequate volume and pressure
     for fire control (References 28,  33,  35,  36, 43).
F-3b  Aisle Space Requirement [40 CFR Section 264.35]
     Justification showing that aisle space is not needed for
     unobstructed movement of emergency personnel and equipment.
F-4  Preventive Procedures, structures, and Equipment [40 CFR Sec
     tion 122.25(a)(3) J
     Applicable procedures, structures, and equipment addressed
     in other sections may be repeated or referenced to demon-
     strate compliance with any of the following requirements:
F-4a  Unloading Operations [40 CFR Section 122.25(a) (8 ) (i) ]
     Describe the procedures, structures,  and equipment that
     will be used to prevent hazards in unloading hazardous
     waste ( Reference 28 ) .
F-4b  Runoff [40 CFR Section 122. 25 (a) (8) (ii ) ]
     Describe the procedures, structures,  and equipment that
     will be used to prevent runoff from  hazardous waste han-
     dling areas to other  areas of the facility  or to prevent
     flooding (References  44, 45).
F-4c  Water Supplies  [40 CFR Section 122. 25( a) (8 ) ( ill ) ]
     Describe the procedures, structures, and equipment that
     will be used to prevent contamination of water  supplies.
F-4d  Equipment and Power  Failure  [40  CFR Section 122. 25 (a) (8)
     Describe procedures and equipment  for mitigating  the  ef-
     fects of equipment failure and power outages,  such  as waste
     feed shu toff systems or emergency  lighting.
                                47

-------
F-4e  Personnel Protection Equipment [40 CFR Section 122.25(a)
     Describe procedures,  structures,  and equipment for prevent-
     ing undue exposure of personnel to hazardous waste, such as
     ventilation equipment or protective clothing.  If the
     facility must meet any applicable OSHA requirements, state
     them (References 34,  46).
F-5  Prevention of Ignition or Reaction of Iqni table, Reactive, or
     Incompatible Wastes
F-5a  Precautions to Prevent Ignition or Reaction of Ignitable or
      Reactive Waste [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(9) and 264.17(a)]
     List each of the ignitable and reactive wastes to be stored
     at the facility.  Describe the precautions for preventing
     sparking of ignitable or reactive wastes handled on site.
     Describe how the wastes are separated and protected from
     sources of ignition or reaction, such as open flames,
     smoking, cutting 'and welding, hot surfaces,  frictional
     heat, sparks (static, electrical, or mechanical),  and
     spontaneous ignition (e.g., from heat-producing chemical
     reactions and radiant heat) .  Describe how smoking  and  open
     flames are confined to specifically designated  locations
     when ignitable or reactive- wastes are being  handled, and
     how "No Smoking" signs are conspicuously placed wherever
     there is a hazard from such wastes  (References  7,  25).
F-5b  General Precautions for Handling  Ignitable  or  Reactive
      Waste or to Prevent Accidentally Mixing  Incompatible Waste
      [40 CFR Sections 122.2S(a) (9) , 264.17(b)]
     Describe onsite precautions taken  for handling  ignitable  or
     reactive wastes and measures  taken  to prevent the  mixing  of
                                 48

-------
     incompatible  wastes  or  the  mixing of other materials and
     wastes  that are  incompatible.   Reactions  that must be pre-
     vented  are  those that (1)  generate extreme heat,  pressure,
     fire, explosions,  or violent reactions;  (2) produce uncon-
     trolled flammable fumes,  dusts,  or gases  in sufficient
     quantities  to threaten human health or the environment;  (3)
     produce uncontrolled flammable fumes or gases in sufficient
     guantities  to pose a risk of fire or explosions;  (4) damage
                          *
     the structural integrity of the device or facility; (5)
     through other like means may threaten human health or the
     environment (References 47, 48).
F-5c  Management of Ignitable or Reactive Wastes in Containers
      [40 CFR Sections 122.25(b)(l)(iii) and 264.176]
     Use sketches, drawings, or data to demonstrate how con-
     tainers of ignitable or reactive waste are located at least
     IS meters (50 feet) from the site property line  (Reference
     33).
?-5d  Incompatible Wastes in Containers  (40 CFR Sections  122.25(b)
      (l)(iii),  and 264.177]
     Describe the specific controls  and/or practices  utilized  to
     ensure that incompatible wastes  or wastes  and other  materials
     that are incompatible are  not placed in the  same container
     unless precautions  are taken to  prevent the  reactions
     described in section F-5b  - General Precautions  for  Handling
     lonitable or Reactive Waste or  to Prevent Accidentally  Mixing
     Incompatible waste.  Include any documentation of compliance
     sased on references  to published scientific  or engineering
     literature, data  from  trial tests,  waste  analyses,  or the
                                 49

-------
     results of the treatment of similar wastes by a comparable
     treatment process and under similar operating conditions.

     Discuss how storage containers holding a hazardous waste
     incompatible with any other waste or materials that are
     stored nearby in other containers,  piles,  open tanks, or
     surface impoundments are separated or protected from the
     other materials by means of a dike, berm,  wall, or other
     structure.  Include a drawing to show separation of incom-
     patible wastes (Reference 49).
F-5e  Management of Ignitable or Reactive Wastes in Tanks [40 CFR
      Sections 122.2S(b)(2)(vi) and 264.198]
     Provide specific information of how ignitable or reactive
     wastes destined for tank storage are treated, rendered, or
     mixed before, or immediately after placement in the tank.
     Indicate the general precautions that are taken for handing
     either ignitable or reactive waste when such wastes are
     destined for tank storage or how these wastes are stored or
     treated to protect them against any materials or conditions .
     that may cause their reaction or ignition.  State if the
     tank is reserved solely for use in emergencies.  Demonstrate
     compliance with the National Fire Protection Association's
     buffer zone requirements contained in Tables 2-1 and 2-6 of
     the "Flammable and Combustible Code - 1977"  for covered
     tanks used for the treating or storing of reactive or
     ignitable wastes (Reference 33).
                                 50

-------
?-5f  Management of Incompatible Wastes in Tanks [40 cm Sections
      122.2S(b)(2)(vi) and 264.199(b}]
     Describe operating procedures to insure tiiat a hazardous
     waste will not be placed in an unwashed tank that previ-
     ously held an incompatible waste or material unless precau-
     tions are taken to prevent the reactions described in
     Section F-Sb • General Precautions for Handling Ignitable
     or Reactive Waste or to Prevent Accidentally Mixing Incom-
     patible Wastes (Reference 33).
F-5g  Management of Ignitable or Reactive Wastes in Waste Piles
      [40 CTR Sections 122.25(b)(4)(ii)(0)(l), 261.21, 261.23,
      264.17(b), 264.256]
     Describe operating procedures to insure tnat an ignitable
     or reactive waste is placed in a pile only if the addition
                                        ,'
     of tnat waste to an existing pile results in the waste or
     mixture no longer meeting the definition of ignitable or
     reactive waste.  The waste pile must be shown to comply
     with Section F-5b - General Precautions for Handling Ig-
     aitable or Reactive Waste or to Prevent Accidentally Mix-
     ing Incompatible Wastes.  Alternatively, describe the
     preventive measures that are taken to protect the waste
     from conditions that might cause it to ignite or react.
F-5h  Management of Incompatible Wastes in Waste Piles  [40 CFR
      Sections 122.25(b)(4)(i)(C)(4), 122.25(b)(4)(ii)(D)(1),
      264.17(b) and 264.2S7]
     Describe operating procedures ensuring that incompatible
     wastes are placed in the same pile only when  in compliance
                                51

-------
     with section F-5b - General Precautions for Handling Ignit-
     able or Reactive Waste or to Prevent Accidentally Mixing
     Incompatible Waste.  Describe precautions for adequate
     buffer or protection of incompatible waste piles from other
     wastes or material stored at the facility.  If the bases
     are to be reused for hazardous waste, describe how any
     bases on which incompatible wastes or materials previously
     had been piled are sufficiently decontaminated to ensure
     compliance with section F-5b - General Precautions for
     Handling Iqnitable or Reactive waste to Prevent Accidental-
     ly Mixing Incompatible Wastes.
G.  CONTINCraCT PLAN [40 CFR Sections 122.2S(a)(7) and
    264-50-264.56J
     The contingency plan should describe the actions to be
     taken by facility personnel in response to fires, explo-
     sions, or the release of hazardous waste.  The following
     sections outline the requirements for describing these
     actions and other regulatory requirements.  If a Spill
     Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures  (SFCC) Plan (in
     accordance with 4C CFR Part 122 or Part 151) or some other
     contingency plan has already been prepared, the plan need
     only be amended to incorporate hazardous waste management
     provisions that are sufficient to comply with the require-
     ments of this part.  Demonstrate that the contingency plan
     will be reviewed and amended under any of the following
     conditions:  whenever the facility permit is revised, if
     the plan should fail in an emergency, if  the facility's
                                52

-------
     operations should change in a way that would altar the con-
     tingency plan, or if the list of emergency coordinators or
     emergency equipment should change.

G-l  General Information
     Give the name and location of the facility and the oper-
     ator's name.  Include a site plan and description of facil-
     ity operations.
G-2  Emergency Coordinators  [40 CFR Sections 264.52(d) and
     264.S5J
     Give name, address, office and home phone numbers of pri-
     mary and alternate emergency coordinators, and a statement
     of authorization for them to commit necessary resources to
     implement the contingency plan.   If more than one person is
     listed as Emergency Coordinator,  one must be named as
     primary Emergency Coordinator and others listed in the
     order in which they will assume responsibility.
G-3  Implementation of the Contingency Plan  [40 CFR Section
     254.51(b)J
     State criteria for implementation of the contingency plan
     for any potential emergency.
G-4  Emergency Response Procedures
G-4a  Notification  [40 CFR Section 264.56(a)]
     State methodology for immediate notification of facility
     personnel and required  state and  local  agencies in the
     event of an emergency (Reference  50).
                                 53

-------
G-4b  Identification of Hazardous Wastes [40 CFR Section 264.56
      (b)]
     Describe procedures for identification of hazardous mate-
     rials involved in the emergency (Reference 50).
G-4c  Assessment [40 CFR Sections 2S4.56(c) and (d)]
     State the policy for assessment of possible hazards to the
     environment and human health and the need for evacuation of
     residents and notification of authorities.  Authority
     notification should include the appropriate local authori-
     ties and the government on-scene coordinator for that area
     or the National Response Center (use their 24-hour toll
     free number 300/424-6802) (References 28, 50, 51, 52, 53).
G-4d  Control Procedures [40 CFR Section 264.52(a)]
     Describe the specific control procedures to be taken in the
     event of a fire, explosion, or hazardous waste release.
     The contingency plan should examine potential emergency
     situations and outline planned responses  (Reference 31, 50,
     53).
G-4e  Prevention of Recurrence or Spread of Fires, Explosions, or
      Releases [40 CFR Section 264.56(e)]
     Describe the necessary steps to be taken to ensure that
     fires, explosions, or hazardous waste releases do act
     occur, recur, or spread to other hazardous wastes at the
     facility.  This should include stopping processes and
     operations, isolating the materials involved in  the emer-
     gency, and containing and collecting  any wastes  that have
                                 54

-------
     been released.  I.i addition, if  ~e facility  stops  cpera-
     -icns u: response to an emergency, the emergency  cccr-
     1- •» a f •
,atcr aust acmtcr  for  leaxs,  pressure  buildup.  gas
     generation. cr ruptures in valves, pipes,  or  otner
         ,  wcersver aopropriaua (Refsrsscss  50,  33).

G-4f  Storage and Traataent of Xeiaased' Material  [*0  C7R  Sec-^isn
      254.56(g)]
     Discuss cravisions for t^reataenr, storage, or  disposal  cf
     any malarial tiiat results from  a  release,  firs,  or ax?lo-
     sian at the facility.
G-4g  Incompatible Wastes  [40 C7S- Section 264.56 ( i) (1) ]
     Discuss provisions for preventing incoapatiile wastes from
     being treated, stored, or disposed of in the affected areas
     before cleanup procedures have  been  completed.
G-4h  Post- Emergency Equipment Maintenance [40 CT3. Section 264. 55
     Describe procedures  for  ensuring that all emergency equip-
     ment  Listed  in  the. contingency plan is clean and fit for
     its intended use  before  operations are resumed.
G-4i  Container Spills and LeaJcage [40 cm Section 254.171]
     Describe the ..procedures  for response to container spills or
     leakage, including remedial procedures and timing for
     expeditious  removal  of -spilled waste and repair or raplace-
     aent  of the  container ( s ).   Describe the availability of
     aacninery, equipment, and personnel to be used as cleanup
     resources .and how they will be utilised.  Discuss the
     procedures  for repair cr disposal of the damaged containers,
     the management of spilled cr leaked waste, and tne decon-
     tamination process during incident mitigation.

-------
 -4 :   "a-r-ie Spills and laaxace -;4C CTr. Section 2S4.134(c)*. •
     Describe lie procedures far response to tank spills or
     leakage,  including remedial procedures and tiaing  for
     expeditious removal of leaked or spilled waste and  repair
     or removal of tne -ank.  Au a air^jum, address die  fclls'-
           of i^ci
          a    Overfilling of tanks
          3    Ruprura of tanks
          0    Leaks in tanks, pipes, valves and fittings
          9    Leaks in containment dikes
               Water flow from diked area tnrougn open dike
          9    Leaks from pump seals and maintenance
          "    t«v«l instrtinent failure that allows tank over-
               filling
          a    Piping damage from collision with mobile equip-
               ment
          0    Spills from tank bottom cleanout and sludge
               disposal
          0    Spills from pipe and tank changes
     Describe the availability of machinery, equipment, and
     personnel ta be used as cleanup resources and how zhey  will
     be utilized.  Discuss the management of spilled  or Leaked
     waste and the decontamination process during incident aiti-
     gation (Sefersnces 33, 53).
G-4k  Waste Piles
G-4k(l)  Indication of Waste Pile Containment  System  Failures
         [40 CTS. Section 2S4.2S5(a)j
     Describe the aechanism by which indications of possible
     failure of the waste pile containment system will rss-ult  -j:
     inspection of that system in accordance witn the provisions
     of a containment system evaluation  and repair plan.   Indi-
     cations of possible failure of the  containment  system ;
                                56

-------
     include appearance of liquid in the leaciiate" detection
     system, erosion of the base, evidence of leakage or po-
     tential of leakage in the base, and the apparent or poten-
     tial deterioration of liner(s) (based on observation or
     test samples of liner materials).
G-4Jc(2)  Elements of a Containment System Evaluation and Repair
         Plan [40 CFR Section 264.255(d) (2) ]
     Provide a containment system evaluation and repair plan
     that describes testing and monitoring techniques and pro-
     cedures to be followed to evaluate the integrity of the
     containment system in the event of a possible failure.
     Include a schedule of actions to be taken in the event of a
     possible failure and a description of the repair techniques
     to be used in the event of  leakage due to containment
     system failure or deterioration that does not require the
     removal of the waste pile from service.
G-4k(3)  Criteria and Procedures for Removal of Waste Pile from
         Service in Case of Positive Failure of the Containment
         System [40 CFR Sections 264. 255 (b) and (c) and 264.255
     Show that provision is made  for  the waste pile  to  be  removed
     from service whenever there  is a positive indication  of a
     failure of the containment system.  Describe  a  procedure
     for removal of the waste pile from service, and give  details
     of the cleanup resources to  be implemented  and  how they
     will be utilized.
G-4k(4)  Restoration of a waste Pile  to Service  [40  CFR Section
         264.255(e)]
     Describe the conditions under which a waste pile that has
     been removed from service will be restored  to service.
                                57

-------
     Show that a qualified engineer will certify that the con-
     tainment system meets the design specifications approved in
     the RCRA permit.
G-4Jc(5)  Course of Action After Waste Pile is Removed From
         Service (40 CFR Sections 264.255(f) and 264.253]
     Describe what happens to a waste pile containment system
     that is no longer in use and will not be used in the future.
     Show that you either are meeting or will meet closure
     requirements for this system (Reference 54).
G-5  Emergency Eguipment [40 CFR Section 264.52{e)]
     Give the location, description, and capabilities of all
     emergency equipment available.  If possible, indicate the
     location of emergency equipment on a site  plan or plant
     layout.  Such equipment includes, but is not be limited to,
     fire extinguishing equipment, spill-control equipment,
     alarm systems, communication systems, decontamination
     equipment, and personal protection equipment (References
     28, 34, 35, 36, 50).
G-6  Coordination Agreements  [40 CFR Sections 264.52(c)  and
     264.37]
     Describe any coordination agreements with  local agencies,
     contractors, or hospitals involved in emergency response
     that have been made or refused pursuant to Section  264.37.
     The contingency plan must list these organizations, detail
     what information  (facility  layout, waste properties,  etc.)
     has been made available  to  them, describe  potential situa-
     tions that could  necessitate such  assistance,  and outline
                                 58

-------
     the lines of authority that will be followed in each situa-
     tion.
G-7  Evacuation Plan [40 CFR Section 264.52(f)]
     Provide a detailed description of the evacuation plan.
     including planned and alternate evacuation routes (if
     necessary) and the signals for beginning an evacuation.

G-8  Required Reports  [40 CFR Section 264.56(d), 264.56(1)
     and 264.73(b)(4)J
     Discuss provisions for submission of written reports of
     emergency incidents within 15 days of occurrence and the
     maintenance of records identifying the time, date, and
     details of any emergency incident.
H.  PERSONNEL TRAINING
3-1  Outline of Tra-»"-'"o: Program  [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(12)
     and 264.16]
     Provide an outline of both the introductory and continuing
     training programs used to prepare persons to operate or
     maintain the facility in a safe manner.  Describe briefly
     how training will be designed to meet actual job tasks.
     Supervised on-the-job training may be used to comply with
     requirements in this section (Reference 55).
H-la  Job Titles and Duties [40 CFR Sections 264.16(d)(l) and  (2)]
     Indicate the name, job title, duties, and job description
     of each employee filling a position related to hazardous
     waste management at the facility.
                                59

-------
H-lb  Training Content,  Schedules, and Techniques [40 CFH
      Sections 264.16(c) and 264.16(d)(3)]
     Describe the content, frequency, and techniques used in
     both introductory and continuing training, including an
     annual review of the initial training for each employee.
     You must present and discuss the following points:  person-
     nel safety training; release prevention and response;
     decontamination procedures for personnel, equipment, and
     tools; facility operation and maintenance; high-hazard
     operations; maintenance of required facility documentation;
     hazards associated with each waste; and applicable RCSA and
     state hazardous waste regulations  (Reference 55).
H-lc  Training Director  [40 CTR Section 264.16(a)(2)]
     Show that the program is directed by a person trained in
     hazardous waste management.  Specify the  training direc-
     tor's experience and qualifications.
H-ld  Relevance of Training to Job Position  [40 CFR  Section
      264.16(a)(l)]
     Show that the program includes  instruction on hazardous
     waste management procedures  (including contingency plan
     implementation) relevant to  the positions held  by per-
     sonnel .
H-le  Training for Emergency Response  [40 CFR  Section  264.16(a)
      (3)]
     Show that the program is designed  to ensure that  facility
     personnel are able  to respond effectively to emergencies  by
     familiarizing them  with the  following:   contingency  plan
     and emergency procedures, including inspecting,  repairing,
                                60

-------
     and replacing facility emergency and monitoring equipment;
     key parameters for automatic waste feed cutoff systems;
     communication and alarm systems; response to fires, explo-
     sions,  or releases; responses to groundwater contamination
     incidents; shutdown of operations and evacuation (Refer-
     ences 34,. 55).
H-2  Implementation of Training Program [40 CFR Sections
     264.16(d)(4) and 254.16(t>)J
     For existing facilities, indicate that training has been
     given to and successfully completed by facility personnel
     within 6 months after the date  of their employment or
     assignment to a facility, or to a new position at a facil-
     ity, whichever is later.  Employees hired after the effec-
     tive date of these regulations  must not work in unsupervised
     positions until they have completed the training require-
     ments.  Explain the methodology used by the facility  to
     verify that employees have successfully completed training.
     Records documenting that facility personnel have completed
     the required training must be maintained.   Indicate that
     training  records on current personnel must be kept until
     closure of the facility, and records  for  former employees
     must be kept  for 3 years after  they leave.
 I.  CLOSURE PLANS, POST-CLOSURE PLANS AND  FINANCIAL  REQUIREMENTS
 	[40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(13) and 264.110-120J
                                 61

-------
1-1  Closure Plans [40 CFR Sections 264.112 and 122.2S(a)(13)]
     A written closure plan must be submitted with the permit
     application.   The closure plan must identify the steps
     necessary for complete or partial closure of the facility
     at any point during its intended operating life and for
     complete closure of the facility at the end of its intended
     operating life.   If changes in the operating plans or
     facility design affect the closure plan or if there is a
     change in the expected year of closure, the closure plan
     must be amended.  For example, changes in any of the
     following should result in a modification of the closure
     plan:  facility size/capacity; types and quantities of
     wastes on site at maximum closure inventory; schedule for
     partial and final closure; and schedules for periodic
     maintenance and inspection activities.  Changes in tech-
     nical considerations also can result in closure plan modi-
     fication; for example, the application of new technology or
     changes in monitoring requirements, operating contingencies,
     land-use patterns around the facility, and the response of
     Regional Administrators to petitions by owners/operators.
     A copy of the approved plan and  all revisions to the plan
     must be kept on site until the certification of closure
     completeness has been submitted  and accepted by the EPA.
     The owner or operator must notify the  Regional Administrator
     at least 180 days prior to the date closure is expected to
     begin.  Upon completion of the closure,  it  is necessary to
                                62

-------
   submit to the Regional Administrator a certification  by
   either the owner or operator and  an independent  registered
   professional engineer that  the  facility has been closed  in
   accordance with the specifications in the  approved  closure
   plan.

   A permit modification may be required for  a closure plan
   amendment.  The elements in the sections  that follow should
   be  included in the closure  plan (References 54,  56).
 la Closure Performance  Standard  [40 CFR Section 264.111]
   Describe how  the  facility will  be closed in a manner that
   minimizes  toe need for  further  maintenance and controls;
   minimizes  or  eliminates threats to human health and the
   environment;  and  avoids post-closure escape  of hazardous
   waste,  hazardous  waste  constituents,  leachate, contaminated
   rainfall,  or  waste decomposition products to  ground or
   surface waters  or to the atmosphere.
-U)  partial and Final Closure Activities [40 CFR Section
     264.122(a)(l)J
   Describe any plans for partial closure and the circumstances
    under which the facility will undergo partial closure.
    Partial closure applies when a portion of the hazardous
    waste facility is to be closed at any time during  the
    operating life of the facility (e.g.,  removal of a tank  or
    waste pile from service or capping of portions  of  a  landfill
    as they are filled).  The procedures you will follow for
    partial or complete closure of the facility  at  any point
                               63

-------
     during its intended operating life,  and for complete
     closure of the facility at the end of its intended oper-
     ating life.   Identify the date of final closure.   Identify
     the maximum extent of the hazardous waste facility that
     will remain open during the life of the facility (Refer-
     ences 54,  56 ) .
I-lc  Maximum Waste Inventory [40 CFR Section 264.112(a)(2) ]
     Describe the maximum inventory of wastes in storage and
     treatment at any time during the life of the facility.
     Actual amounts of waste should be. indicated in the appro-
     priate units for each type of facility (References 54, 56).
I-Id  Inventory Removal. Disposal, or Decontamination gf Equipment
      [40 CFR Section 264.112(a) (3 ) J
     Describe the steps needed to decontaminate facility equip-
     ment during final closure, the labor force you intend to
     use to perform decontamination (in-house or outside con-
     tractor), and your criteria  for determining contamination.
     Name each piece of eguipment and/or structures (e.g., waste
     feed systems, bypass systems, drainage systems, conveyors,
     transport containers, piping, pumps, valves, heat  exchangers,
     compressors, discharge confinement structures  such as
     diJces) and procedures  for cleaning (e.g.,  steam-cleaning,
     hydroblasting).  Describe the amounts  of contaminated  soil
     to be  disposed of on and off the  site, and describe the
     criteria  used"to determine  the amount  of contaminated  soil.
     Describe  the method  for processing,  treating,  or  disposing
     of residues from decontamination  (including  decontaminant
                                 64

-------
     solutions,  wastewater,  and liquid wastes).   Describe the
     testing program to be used to determine if decontamination
     has been effective for each piece of equipment and/or
     structure and surrounding soils (e.g.,  laboratory procedures,
     kits,  mechanical,  electrical, or visual methods).  Describe
     the method of transport to the disposal site (e.g., truck,
     rail,  water),  the distance of transport to the disposal
     site,  and the final disposal method (e.g.,  facility type
     such as a secure landfill) (Reference 57).
I-ld(l)   Closure of Containers [40 CFR Section 264.178]
     Describe in detail how, at closure, all hazardous wastes
     and hazardous waste residues will be removed from the
     container storage area, and how containers and the contain-
     ment system will be removed or decontaminated.  Describe
     safety precautions and procedures to protect the labor
     force during the operation.  Show how the effectiveness of
     decontamination will be determined.  Also describe the fate
     of all removed hazardous waste and waste residues and how
     containers, containment linings, contaminated solids, and
     decontamination washes will be handled and disposed of.

     Provide an estimate of the maximum inventory of waste
     stored in containers at any  time during the life of the
     facility.
I-ld(2)   Closure of Tanks [40 CFR Section 264.197]
     Describe in detail how, at closure, all hazardous wastes,
     hazardous waste residues, and  flammable or toxic vapors

                                65

-------
    will be  removed  from  tanks,  associated piping,  discharge
    control  equipment,  and  the  discharge  confinement structure.
    Describe how  all  components will  be decontaminated.   Describe
    preparation steps before  testing  and  cleaning (after the
    waste  has been removed  from the tanks) such as  ventilation
    and gas  testing,  assurances for safe  entry and  exit,  and
    safety protection for the cleaning crews.   Also describe
    the fate of all  hazardous wastes  and  hazardous  waste resi-
    dues removed  from the tanks and associated structures and
    how decontamination washes and contaminated soil will be
    handled  and disposed  of.   Describe any waste processing or
    treatment methods,  if required, prior to transport or
    disposal (e.g.,  neutralization, stabilization,  solidifica-
    tion).  Describe the  volume of waste  that will  be processed
    or treated and  the volume of waste that will result from
    such processing/treatment (Reference  58).
    Provide  an estimate of  the maximum inventory of wastes in
    storage  tanks and in tank treatment at any time during the
    life of  the  facility.
I-l(d)(3) Closure  of Waste Piles [40  CFR Section 264.253]
    Describe in  detail how, at waste  pile closure,  all haz-
     ardous waste  and hazardous waste  residues will be removed
     and  how  any  component of the containment system containing
     or contaminated with hazardous wastes or hazardous waste
     residues will be removed or decontaminated.  Also describe
                                66

-------
     the fata of all hazardous wastes and waste residues removed
     from the pile and associated structural containment compo-
     nents,  and how linings,  contaminated soils,  and decon-
     tamination washes will be handled and disposed of.

     Provide an estimate of the maximum inventory of wastes
     stored in piles at any time during the life of the facil-
     ity.
I-le Schedule for Closure [40 CFR Section 264.112(a)(4)]
     Provide an estimate of the expected year of closure.  The
     closure schedule must include the total time required to
     close the facility and a milestone schedule depicting the
     time required for intervening closure activities.  This
     will allow tracking of the progress of closure.  Include
     provisions in the plan for scheduling several periodic
     inspections during the closure period.
     The milestone schedule should show that all hazardous
     wastes will be treated,  removed from the site, or disposed
     of on the site within 90 days of receipt of the final
     volume of waste and that all closure activities will be
     completed within 180 days from receipt of the final volume
     of waste.
I-If  Extensions for Closure Time [40 CFR Sections 264.113(b)
      (264.113(a)]
     In the event a longer period of closure time is needed than
     that specified in 40 CFR 264.113(a) and (b), you must
                                67

-------
     demonstrate  one  of  the  following:   the  activities  will
     necessarily  take longer than 130  days to  complete;  the
     facility  has the capacity to receive  additional wastes;  a
     person other than the  owner or operator will recommence
     operation of the site;  or closure of  the  facility  would be
     incompatible with continued operation of  the site.   You
     must also demonstrate  that all steps  have been and will
     continue  to  be taken to prevent threats to human health and
     the environment from the unclosed but inactive facility.

1-2  Post-Closure Plans
     These requirements  apply only to disposal facilities that
     are not addressed in this manual.
1-3  notice in Deed and Notice to Local Land Authority
     These requirements  apply only to disposal facilities that
     are not addressed in this manual.
1-4  closure Cost Estimate  [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(15)
     264.142)
     Provide a written,  dated estimate, in current dollars,  of
     the cost of closing the facility in accordance with the
     closure plan.  The closure cost estimate must  equal the
     cost of closure at the point  in the facility's operating
     life when the extent and manner of its operation would  make
     closure the most expensive, as indicated by  its closure
                                63

-------
plan.  Adjust the closure cost estimate for inflation
within 30 days after each anniversary of the date on which
the first closure cost estimate was prepared.

Revise closure cost estimates annually to adjust for infla-
tion by using a factor derived from the annual Implicit
Price Deflator for Gross National Product, as published by
the Department of Commerce in the Survey of Current Business.
An illustration of the calculation is shown in the following
hypothetical example, which uses the price deflators given
in Table 1 adopted from the Survey of Current Business.
(See next page).
     Previous year cost estimate = $50,000
     Previous year deflator = $177.36
     Current year deflator = $193.71
After rounding off to the nearest whole number, the infla-
tion factor is computed as 194/177 = 1.096.  The current
year cost is then:
             1.096 X $50,000 = $54,800
The closure cost estimate must also be revised whenever a
change in the closure plan increases the cost of closure
and the revised estimate must be adjusted for inflation in
the previously described manner.
The owner or operator is required to keep the following
items at the facility throughout the operating life of the
                            69

-------
                                IABLE 1.   IMPLICIT PRICE DEFLATORS
                             19/2 WE IGUIS, FOR GROSS NATIONAL PRODUCT*

                                                  Implicit  price  deflators,  1972 = 100

                                                       Seasonally  adjusted
     Gross national  product

Personal consumption expenditures
  Durable goods
  Nondurable goods
  Services

Gross private domestic
 investment

  Fixed investment
    Nonresidential
      Structures
      Producers' durable
       equipment
    Residential
      Nonfarm structures
      Farm structures
      Producers' durable
       equipment
  Cbanye  in business  inventories

Net exports' of goods  and services

  Exports
  Imports
1900
177.36
178.9
156.0
160.6
178.1
194.2
166. B
224.7
170.2
218.6
221.7
219.9
1981
193.71
193.7
166.4
202.4
195.2
209.2
202.5
246.3
182.4
233.3
236.8
235.5
1980
IV
183.81
184.9
160.5
195.2
184.3
199.9
192.4
233.3
174.5
223.3
226.3
.224.2 '
I
188. 14
188.5
162.3
199.2
188.4
203.1
195.0
236.2
176.8
228.7
231.8
229.6
1981
II
191.06
191.5
165.4
200.4
192.2
208.4
201.4
244.1
182.0
231.8
235.0
233.4
III
195.61
195.7
168.3
203.7
197.6
210.9
204.5
249.2
184.0
235.4
239.1
237.6
IV
200. 10
199.3
170.1
206.2
202.3
214.7
208.6
255.3
186.7
238.8
242.9
241.2
1UU2
V
201.00
201.8
171.9
207.2
206.3
215.5
209.3
2SU.4
1U6.2
242.0
246. 1
24b.3
149.4   159.4   152.4   155.2   158.0   161.5   163.1    166.1
211.0
290.1
229.0
295.5
219.9
296.4
226.1
303.1
228.0
301.2
229.8
209. 8
232.2
288.5
233.6
209 3

-------
1ABLE 1 (continued)

                                                  Implicit price deflators, 1972 =  100
                                                      .  Seasonally  adjusted

                                    1980    1981    1980               1981                  1982

                                                     IV        I       II     HI       IV       V
Government purchases of
 goods and services                184.4   202.7   192.8   196.4    199.5   204.2    210.6   212.3
  Federal                          183.9   206.4   197.4   199.4    201.9   206.6    217.2   216.2
    National defense               185.6   208.8   196.8   201.2    204.2   208.3    220.8   223.1
    Nondefense                     180.6   201.7   198.7   195.9    197.3   203.1    210.3   203.3
  State and local                  184.7   200.3   190.0   194.5    198.0   202.8    206.1   209.8


aSo»rce:  Adapted from Department of Commerce Survey of  Current Business.  Gross Product by Industry.
          1981. Table 7.1-7.2.

-------
     facility:   the latest closure cost estimate (as -previously
     defined)  and,  when this estimate has been adjusted for
     inflation,  the latest ad]usted closure cost estimate.

1-5  Financial Assurance Mechanism for Closure [40 CF3
     Sections  122.2S(a)(l) and 254.143]
     State which of the following mechanisms is used.
     1.    Closure trust fund
     2.    Surety bond guaranteeing payment into a closure trust
          fund
     3.    Surety bond guaranteeing performance of closure
     4.    Closure letter of credit
     5.    Closure insurance
     6.    Financial test and corporate guarantee for closure
     A fully executed financial assurance mechanism(s) must be
     made available at the time of permit issuance.  In states
     that have only Phase I authorization, provide a completed
     but unexecuted copy of financial assurance mechanism(s) for
     closure in the Fart B application.

     Originally signed copies of each of the chosen instruments
     must be delivered to the Regional Administrator.   When a
     mechanism is used for multiple facilities, submit criteria
     of financial assurance to the Regional Administrator  in
     each region where the mechanism is applied; include a list
     showing the EPA identification number, name, address, and
     the amount of funds for closure assumed by the mechanism
     for each covered facility.

-------
     In states  that do not have Phase I  authorization,  existing
     facilities were required to submit  a copy of financial
     assurance  mechanism(s) by July 6,  1982.   In states that
     have Phase I or Phase II authorization,  facilities must
     comply with the applicable state laws and regulations.
     (Note:  An owner or operator of a new facility must have
     the chosen instrument delivered to  the Regional Administra-
     tor by certified mail at least 60 days before the date on
     which hazardous waste is first received,  and the instrument
     must become effective no later than the date of first
     receipt.)   Instruments must be revised as appropriate, and
     evidence must be submitted to the Regional Administrator
     within 60  days of the revision to the current cost estimate
     for closure of a facility '(Reference 59).
I-5a  Closure Trust Fund [40 CFR Sections 264.143(a) and
      264.151(a)(l)J
     A trust fund is a mechanism whereby the site owner or
     operator sets aside funds in the form of cash or marketable
     securities to pay for the proper closure of the site.  The
     trustee, a financial institution, controls the fund  and
     invests the money in low-risk assets.  All income earned by
     such investments is retained in the fund and reinvested
     along with fund principal.
     Upon closure of the facility, monies in the fund are avail-
     able to reimburse authorized expenditures  for closure when
     itemized bills are submitted to the Regional Administrator.

                                73

-------
Funds remaining aftsr all closure requirements have been
fulfilled are returned to the facility's owner or operator.

During interim status, payments into the trust are made
annually over 20 years or over the remaining life of the
facility, whichever is less.  (This is referred to as the
"pay-in" period.)  After a permit has been issued, the
pay-in period is reduced to the life of the initial permit.
A Federal permit may be written for a maximum of  10 years.

The trustee will furnish annual valuations at least 30 days
before the anniversary data of establishment of the fund to
both the grantor (i.e., facility owner or operator) and the
Regional Administrator of the .closure trust fund  at each
facility.  Valuations are based on market values  no more
than 60 days prior to the anniversary date of establishment
of the fund.
During the pay-in period, the minimum annual payment is
equal to the unfunded liability of the facility  (the esti-
mated closure divided by the number of years remaining  in
the pay-in period):
                                     C5"  - CV
            Minimum annual payment =  ~  .7—=-•
where CZ = the current cost estimate for closure.
      C7 = is the current value of the trust fund.
       Y = is the number of years remaining  in the pay-in
           period.

-------
The first payment should be made at the time the trust fund
is established and subsequent payments, no later than 30
days after each yearly anniversary date of the trust fund.
After the pay-in period is completed, the funding level of
the trust fund must be revised within 60 days of any change
in the cost estimates.
After the pay-in period is completed, the owner or operator
must maintain the value of the trust fund at a level equal
to or greater than the CE value.  Release of amounts from
the fund requires written instructions  from the Regional
Administrator to the trustee.
The trustee must be a bank or other  financial institution
that has the authority to act as  a trustee  and whose trust
operations are regulated and examined  by  a  Federal or  state
agency.  The trustee may accept written directions from  the
grantor concerning investment guidelines  and objectives;
however, the trustee must abide by the "prudent man"
doctrine for investments and may  not include securities  or
other obligations of  the grantor  in  the trust  fund port-
folio.  All expenses  of the  trust, including taxes,  broker-
age commissions,  legal services,  and trustee compensation—-
to  the extent not paid directly by the grantor—are  paid by
the fund.  The  trustee must  notify the Regional  Administrator
within 10  days  following  the expiration of the 30-day
period of  the  failure of  the grantor to make  the required
annual payments  during  the pay-in period.
                            75

-------
Prospective grantors should review all tax aspects of trust
fund operations with their accountants or tax advisors.
Under present statutes, payments into a trust fund are not
considered expenses (and are therefore not deductible) on
Federal income tax returns.  (The SPA is awaiting an IRS
ruling on this.)  Payments by the trust fund for closure or
post-closure care expenses, however, are deductible in the
year of closure or post-closure care when such expenses are
incurred.  Income earned by the trust fund is taxable, even
though it is not distributed to the grantor in the year
earned.  The grantor's Federal income tax liability will be
credited (reduced), however, to the extent of any Federal
income taxes paid by the trust fund on a fiduciary return.
The trust fund"is terminated and remaining monies are
returned, to the grantor when one of two conditions have
been met:
1)   The requirements  for  closure have been satisfied.
2)   An alternative financial assurance instrument has been
     provided to substitute for all or part of the trust
     fund.
Only the Regional Administrator can release the  trustee
from this obligations  under the trust agreement.
The wording of the trust agreement must be identical  to  the
wording specified in 40 CFR Section 264.151(a)(1), and the
trust agreement must be accompanied by a formal  certi-
fication of acknowledgment.
                            76

-------
I-5b  Surety Bond [40 CFR Sections 264.143(b),  254.143(c),
      254.151(b),  and 154.151(c)
     A surety bond is a contract whereby a surety company guar-
     antees to pay the amount of closure or post-closure care
     costs should the owner or operator fail to meet his obli-
     gation.  A standby trust fund must be established in con-
     junction with the surety bond.  Payments from a surety
     company would be made directly into the standby trust.  The
     owner or operator need not make any payments into the
     standby trust fund.
     After obtaining the surety bond from, at a minimum, a
     federally acceptable surety company  (per Treasury Circular
     570), the owner or operator delivers the bond and standby
     trust fund documents to the Regional Administrator.  The
     penal sum of the bond is adjusted yearly to correspond to
     adjustments in the closure cost estimate.  Adjustments to
     the penal sum must be made within 60 days after  any changes
     in the cost estimate.  The bond remains effective until
     cancelled with the consent of the Regional Administrator.
     The cost to the owner or operator of providing financial
     assurance by means of a surety bond  includes the cost of
     the bond itself plus the incremental opportunity cost of
     any capital required to be set aside as collateral.  The
     direct cost of  the surety bond is generally between 1.0  and
     2.0 percent of  the  face value of  the bond per year  and  is
     deductible  for  tax purposes.  The EPA  expects the  use of
                                77

-------
     surety bonds for financial assurance to be limited (based
     on discussions with the Surety Association of America).
     Wording for the surety bond is specified in 40 CF3. Section
     264.15KO.
I-5c  Closure Letter of Credit [40 CF3 Sections 264.143d) and
      264.151(d)J
     A letter of credit is an instrument issued by a financial
     institution on behalf of the owner or operator of the
     hazardous waste facility that gives EPA the right to draw
     from the issuing institution to cover the costs of closure
     in the event the firm fails to meet its obligation.  In a
     sense, the financial institution substitutes its credit for
     that of the facility.
                                            ,'
     The owner or operator establishes a standby trust fund in
    . conjunction with a letter of credit in an amount equal to
     or greater than the current closure cost estimate.  Both
     instruments are delivered to the Regional Administrator and
     are updated annually, as appropriate.  Adjustments to  the
     value of the letter of credit oust be made within 60 days
     of any changes in the closure cost estimate.
     The institution issuing the letter of credit  must be a bank
     or other financial institution that has authority to issue
     letters of credit and whose operations  for this purpose  are
     regulated  and  examined by a Federal or  state  agency.   The
     letter of  credit is  irrevocable;  it is  issued for  a period
     of at  least one year, with  automatic extensions  for at
                                 78

-------
     least one  additional year unless 90-day notification  is
     given to the Regional Administrator.

     Upon determination, under Section 3008 of RCRA,  that  the
     owner or operator  has failed  to meet his closure obli-
     gations, the Regional Administrator may draw  on  the letter
     of  credit.  Drafts under the  letter of credit are deposited
     into a  standby  trust fund,  from which payments are made  for
     approved closure expenses.
     The cost to the owner or operator of providing financial
     assurance  by means of a letter of credit includes the cost
     of  the  letter of credit itself plus the incremental oppor-
     tunity  cost of.  any capital  required to be  set aside as
     collateral.  The annual direct cost of the  letter of  credit
     is  generally between 0.25  and 2.0 percent  of the value of
     the letter of credit, depending  on  the credit-worthiness of
     the firm.  Such costs are  deductible  for  income  tax pur-
     poses.   Collateral required for  letters  of credit typically
     averages  20 percent of  the value of the  letters  of credit.
     Wording for the letter  of  credit is  specified in 40  CFR
     Section 264.151(d).
I-3d  Closure Insurance [40  CFR Section 264.143(e) and
      264.151(e)J
     A firm- may purchase an  insurance policy for the  amount of
     the estimated closure  cost.  The insurance company will pay
     the cost of  closure up  to  the full amount of the policy
     whenever closure  occurs.
                                79

-------
The faca value of the policy is at least the amount of
current closure cost.  Premiums paid during the active life
of the size serve to fund the full amount of the policy,
although it may not have a cash value.  At the end of sits
life,  the insurer will pay out funds, up to the face amount
of the policy, to reimburse authorized expenditures for
closure.  The faca amount of'the insurance must be adjusted
accordingly within 60 days of any change in the cost esti-
mates.  The policy cannot be cancelled except for failure
to pay the premium, and then only 120 days after providing
notification of such failure to both the Regional Admin-
istrator and the owner or operator.
The owner or operator submits a certificate of insurance
[worded as specified in 40 CFR Section 254.151(e)] signed
by the insurer and indicating the face amount of the
policy.  The insurer must be licensed to transact insurance
business or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or
surplus line insurer in one or more states.  Either the
face amount of the insurance must be adjusted to equal or
exceed the covered cost of closure, or other forms of
financial assurance must be provided to make up the dif-
ference .
The key issue regarding the insurance mechanism is the
deductibility of premium payments for tax purposes.  If the
premiums are deductible, the insurance policy would be
similar to the trust fund without the adverse tax trsa-cnent
                           30

-------
     of fund payments.   Until the tax issue is resolved,  how-
     ever,  it is doubtful whether any significant interest in
     this option will develop.   Currently,  no insurance firms
     are offering to issue this kind of policy.
I-5e  Financial Test and Corporate Guarantee [40 CFR Sections
      264.143(1),  264.151U), and 264.151(h)]
     The owner or operator can establish financial assurance for
     closure of one or more facilities by passing a financial
     test.   The test [wording at 40 CFR Section 264.143(f)(1)]
     is based on the facility's most recent audited financial
     statements, and it must be recertified on an annual basis.
     The test takes into account the current adjusted cost of
     closure and post-closure care of all facilities that are
     not covered by an'alternative financial mechanism.  If a
     facility passes the financial test, it need not provide any
     additional assurance that it can meet its closure cost
     obligations.  A parent company that passes the financial
     test can provide a guarantee of its subsidiary's obli-
     gations .
     To certify satisfactory financial conditions under the
     financial test, the owner or operator supplies to the
     regional administrator:   (1) a letter from the facility's
     chief financial officer [wording in 40  CFR Section
    ' 264.151(f)];  (2) an auditor's report confirming the results
     of the  test;  (3) the auditor's opinion;  (4) a  letter  from  a
     guarantor corporation,  if applicable  [wording  in 40 CFR
     Section 264.151(g)];  (5)  any other information requested by
                                 31

-------
     the Regional Administrator.   The auditor aust be an inde-
     pendent certified public accountant.   If a facility fails
     to provide certification of  satisfactory financial condi-
     tion at any time prior to termination of its closure obli-
     gations,  an alternative financial assurance mechanism mist
     be supplied within 30 days.
I-5f  Combinations
I-5f(l)  Use of Multiple Financial Mechanisms [40 CF3 Section
         264.143(g)J
     A facility's use of multiple financial mechanisms requires
     a copy of a combination of trust fund agreements, surety
     bonds guaranteeing payment into a trust fund, letters of
     credit, insurance, and state guarantees.  Neither the
     financial test* nor surety bonds guaranteeing performance of
     closure can be used to provide partial financial assurance
     for closure of a single facility.  The combined financial
     assurance provided for a facility must equal or exceed the
     facility's current (adjusted) closure cost estimate.
I-5f2)  Use of Financial Mechanisms for Multiple Facilities
        [40 CIR Section 264.143(h)]                      """
     A single financial mechanism may be used to provide finan-
     cial assurance for closure of more than one facility.
     Total funding of the mechanism must equal or exceed the sum
     required for each facility considered separately.  Evidence
     of financial assurance must be supplied to the Regional
     Administrator in each region where covered facilities are
     located;  it should include a list showing the EPA identi-
     fication number, name, address, and amount of funds for
     closure assured by the mechanism for each facility.
                                32

-------
1-6  Post-Closure Cost Estimate [40 CFR Sections 122.15(a)
     (16)  and 264.144]
     These regulations only apply to disposal facilities.

1-7  Financial Assurance Mechanism for Post-closure [40 CFR
     Sections 122.15(a)(16) and 264.145]
     These regulations only apply to disposal facilities.

I-8  Liability Requirements [40 CFR Section 122.15(a)(17)
     and 264.147J
     In states that have only Phase I authorization,  provide
     evidence that the liability coverage will be effective at
     the time of permit issuance.  This may be done by stating
     which mechanism will be used and providing a copy of the
     proposed mechanism.  In states that do not have Phase I,
     authorization of liability coverage, existing facilities
     must submit evidence by July 17, 1982, for sudden and
     nonsudden (for surface impoundments, landfills,  or land
     treatment facilities only) accidental occurrences that
     cause injury to persons or property.  Evidence may be
     provided by submitting a certificate of insurance, by
     passing a financial test (self-insurance), or any com-
     bination of the two.  Coverage amounts apply to all  facil-
     ities owned or operated by the insured.  Only states and
     the Federal government are not required to provide lia-
     bility coverage.  In states that have both Phase I and  II
     authorization, facilities must comply with state laws and
     regulations that are or will be in effect at the time of
     application submitted.  Coverage must be maintained  until
     certification of closure of all "facilities.
                                33

-------
I-3a  Sudden Insurance [40 CF3 Sec-ions 264.-147(a),  154.151(1),
      and 254.1511:) ]
     All facility owners and operators must have coverage for
     sudden occurrences (accidents that are not continuous or
     repetitive in nature) in the amount of at least si million
     per occurrence,  with an annual aggregate of 32 million,
     exclusive of legal defense costs.
     If insurance is used to cover all or part of this lia-
     bility, you must submit proof with your permit application
     to each the EPA Regional Administrator in each Region in
     which covered facilities are located.  Such proof may be  in
     the form of a signed duplicate original of either (1) the
     policy's Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement
     [wording in 40 C7R Section 264.151(g)], or (2) the Cer-
     tificate of Liability Insurance  [wording in 40 CFR
     264.1SKJ)].
     Alternatively,  a facility may use a  financial test or any
     combination of insurance and a financial test as evidence
     of liability.
     Existing facilities must submit  the  required documents by
     July IS, 1982,  in states that do not have Phase  I authori-
     zation, and according to stare law and regulations,  in
     states that have Phase  I or Phase II authorization.
I-3b  Nonsudden Insurance  [40 CT3. Sections 264.147(b),
      254.151(1), and 264.151(])]
     These  requirements apply only to surface  impoundments,.
                                34

-------
     landfills,  or land treatment disposal facilities that are
     not addressed in this manual.
I_3c  Financial  Test [40 CFH Sections 264.174(f),  264.15KJ)]
     Owners or operators may provide assurance for all or part
     of their financial liability requirements by passing a
     financial test. .The test [wording in 40 CFR Section
     264.147(f)] is based on the facility's most recent audited
     financial statements and must be recertified on an annual
     basis.  To certify satisfactory financial condition under
     the financial test, you must supply the Regional Admin-
     istrator with (1) a letter from your Chief Financial
     Officer  [wording at 40 CFR Section 264.151(g)]; (2)-an
     auditor's report confirming the results of the test;  (3)
     the auditor's opinions; (4) any other information requested
     by the Regional Administrator.
     The auditor must be an independent certified public  ac-
     countant.  If a facility fails to provide certification  of
     satisfactory financial conditions for any portion of the
     required liability coverage, such coverage must be provided
     within 30 days through an insurance  policy.
I-8d  Variance Procedures  [40 CFR Section 264.147(c)]
     An owner or  operator  may obtain approval  from  the Regional
     Administrator  for  a  reduction  in the required  liability
     amounts  under  this section.  Such approval depends  on an
     evaluation of  the  degree and duration  of  risks associated
     with  the ownership or operation of each facility  or group

                                 85

-------
     of facilities and on other technical and engineering infsr-
     aacion as determined necessary by the Regional Admin-
     istrator .
I-3e  Ad-ustaent Procedures [40 CFR Section 2S4.147(d)]
     The Regional Administrator may elect to increase the
     amounts of liability coverage required for any facility or
     group of facilities, and may elect to impose nonsudden
     liability coverage requirements on treatment of storage
     facilities.  Such a determination is based on an evaluation
     of the degree and duration of risks and what is deemed
     necessary to protect human health and the environment.  Any
     adjustment of the level of required coverage for a facility
     that has a permit is treated as a permit modification under
     40 CFS Sections 122.15(aH7)(iii) and 124.5.
1-9  State Mechanisms
I-9a  Use of State-Reouired Mechanisms [40 CFR Section 122.15
      (2)(1S), 254.149]
     If a state has hazardous waste regulations equivalent to or
     greater than Federal liability requirements or financial
     assurance for closure, submit a copy of the state-required
     financial mechanisms and a letter requesting that the state
     mechanism be acceptable.  Include the facility's Z?A  identi-
     fication number, name, and address  and the amounts of cov-
     erage.   If the state cove'rage is. less than Federal require-
     ments, the owner or operator must provide proof of addi-
     tional financial assurance mechanisms to equal Federal
     requirements.
                                36

-------
     To obtain approval for state-assumed coverage,  the owner or
     operator must submit a letter written by the state to the
     Regional Administrator describing the nature of the state's
     assumption of responsibility, together with a request that
     such assumption be considered acceptable.   The letter must
     include the facility's EPA identification number,  name,  and
     address and the amount of funds for closure or liability
     coverage that are guaranteed by the state.
I-9b  State Assumption of Responsibility [40 CFS. Section
      264.150J
     A state may assume either the owner's or operator's legal
     responsibility for closure and liability or the financial
     responsibility to cover those requirements in accordance
     with the Federal standards.  If state guarantees for finan-
     cial responsibility are less than the amounts estimated  for
     closure, the owner or operator of the facility must supply
     additional financial assurance mechanisms to cover the
     shortfall.
j.  OTHER FEDERAL LAWS  [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)20 and 122.12]
     The EPA must ensure that RCRA permits are consistent with
     the requirements of applicable Federal  laws, such as the
     Wild and Scenic Rivers Act,  National Historic Preservation
     Act of 1966, Endangered Species Act, Coastal Zone Manage-
     ment Act, and the  Fish and wildlife Coordination Act.
     Therefore, it is necessary to consider  the  potential impact
     of the facility on these special environmental areas, and
     information related to the facility's compliance with other
     Federal  laws in the RCRA permit  application.
                                87

-------
K.  CZRTI?ICATION [40 CFH Sections 122.5(a) and (d)]
     Applications aust be accompanied by a certification letier
     reading as follows:
          "I certify under penalty of law that I have personally
          examined and am familiar with the information sub-
          mitted in this document and all attachments and that,
          based on aiy inquiry of those individuals immediately
          responsible for obtaining the information, I believe
          that the information is true, accurate, and complete.
          I am aware that there are significant penalties for
          submitting false information, including the possi-
          bility of fine and imprisonment."
     The required signatures are as follows:   (1) for a corpo-
     ration, a principal executive officer (at least at the
     level of vice-president); (2) for a partnership or sole
     proprietorship,  a general partner or the proprietor,
     respectively; (3) for a municipal, state, Federal, or other
     public agency, either a principal executive officer or
     ranking elected official.
                                38

-------
     PART 2
MODEL RCRA PERMIT
   APPLICATION
       39

-------
                            PART 2
                  MODEL RCRA PSRMIT APPLICATION

     Part 2 presents a model of a Part A application, a Part 3
application,  and certification for a fictitious hazardous waste
management facility.
     Appendix A contains general information and hazardous
characteristics.of waste; Appendix 3 contains inspection log
sheets; and Appendix C contains a Trust Agreement.
                                90

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82*
                                             Revision No.:  1
                                             A
                            SECTION A

                       PART A APPLICATION


     The Part A application includes the completed forms that

follow,  a facility map (Figure 2), and a facility photograph

(Figure 3).
X
  T"
  This is a suggested notation to facilitate revisions to the
  Part B Permit Application.
                                91

-------
                                                                           at.
                                                             Revision  No. :  0
                                                             A
                                                            O»« «• '«»»0'>S
3100   WEST  ELETEMTB   ST
                                                              CONT1NWI ON MVIMH
                                   92

-------
                                                          Date: 2/26/82
                                                          Revision  No.: 0
                                                          A
                                   •> i 6 9l'TS8o. STAMPMC
-ART  P  JOHES
                                                  714 0 115 S'516'7 8 9
                                  93

-------
                                         Date:  2/26/82
                                         Revision No.: 0
                                         A
                                 111110101019191919,919,}
r»ST 01 REVISED AffUCATlOK
      •CIUT* f>»»Mi»»«

               \\x\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
                        94

-------
                                                                Date:  2/26/82
                                                                Revision  No.:  0
                                                                A
ni_^RqcEssESi««™"i^B»^BM>J"
                            •jl oHB. K "•• •• •••• '" t*"*"*" '""

                                     95

-------


Vk"R 1 DJO o'19|9:9l|9 9l9J9i"1n"\
\\

y
l\ DESCRIPTION OF HA2A«DOL'S»ASTCS co»*m
y xl'liVo a CSTIMATCO ANMUAk
10 toAeTCNO. QUANTITY OF WAVTC
1 DO. 017 15
: D o o a
.* 0 o'oil< 5
4 D 0 0 1 5
•' D 0 0 2 20
o D 0 0 7
D 0 0 8
* K 0 6 2 150
9 P001 30
10 D O'O 7 100
II D o'o'S
i: • ' '
c u«
ort>«
»

,TJ
1 i

SI n t- p f^ D »•• P f\\\\\\ \
S^SeMn^e^e^e^B^MB^^e^i^e^B^B^B^B^Bl
i Mteccncooci
SOI



IT soi1

ftfemeVMMf *o)f»W« •• it Id
I
i Included with above
i
•
"r ' is o i '
T1
• I
SOI
• Included with above
1 . i Included with above
T'
ir

T
i






I'o'i " ! '.
S 0 2
S 0 3!


• . i . . ,


•


Included with above

>•• ' i : : . .
14
is ; •
i

16 !
r




1 1 ' '
1 i


• • • i • • i • •
i
! ' ' ' ' '• !



i •
i > i i
'«'
19
20
21
= !
23
24
a
26

























i • '




































-



PASk, S __ OF S
96

-------
                                                                         Date:  2/26/82
                                                                         Revision No.:  0
                                                                         A
CamnimB '•*•» •*» "•"
               _

 v  aesctimOH Of MAZAHDOUS WASTES itmiunra
           -
PlR.I'D 0!0 9i9;9.9l9 9 9
 VO. FACILITY GEOClArMIC LOCATION
                                           «m 'am/wr MX r«» mlommon womimo »>
      UMV OMMMV of itm thm I *•*
         <•« our aiMtf an mr Mounf
fnr unrun TI rrr -• *n — n — / flMm* mv m»
                                                       in* «rfarm«Mn waminM in Wa jn« «(/
                                                            ofwnmtfMMitommit / M«
                                                            otnf** lei •immitiny Mv infomutieii
             C 0«T« U8KCD

               06/01/80
 *. •• IK

     NUT ?• J<»««
                                             97

-------
                                                      Revision  No.:  0
                                                      A
                                                  KSI DINT I Al MCA
                                                  !UWT«UK 5 «.  i
                                            M» OWE: 9/10/81

                                           1 in. • 2640 ft
Figure 2.  A  topographical map of Tankopile Finishing
            Company  and surrounding area.
                         98

-------
                                                    Date:  2/26/82
                                                    Revision No.: 0
                                                    A
(An actual photograph would include existing  structures
      and future hazardous waste storage areas.)
       Figure 3.  Facility photograph, June 2, 1980.


                            99

-------
                                                   Revision  No.:
                                                   B
                            SECTION B
                      FACILITY DESCRIPTION

     This section provides a general description of the hazard-
ous waste management facility as required by 40 CFR §122.25(a).
This description is intended to acquaint the permit application
reviewer/permit writer with an overview of the facility.  More
complete details can be found in other parts of this permit
application.

B-l  General Description T40 CFR 122.25(a)m 1
     Tankopile Finishing Company, Inc., is located 3 miles east
     of the city limits of Anytown, Rhode Island.  The street
     address is:
                    Tankopile Finishing Company,  Inc.
                    3100 West llth Street
                    Washington County
                    Anytown,  Rhode Island  02881
The mailing address is:
                    Tankopile Finishing Company,  Inc.
                    P.O. Box 1982
                    Anytown,  Rhode Island  02881
     This facility is primarily a manufacturer of metal automo-
     tive parts (i.e.,  body parts,  hubs,  and trim) and household
     appliance housings  and parts.   Hazardous wastes are gen-
     erated by metal fabrication,  cleaning,  finishing and
                                100

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  3
     coating operations.  Fabrication and machining of metal
     parts generates metal grindings.  Cleaning of metal parts
     in hydrochloric acid generates pickle liquor sludge and
     spent pickle liquor.  Vinyl acetate and vinyl chloride
     sludges are generated by the metal coating operations.  The
     waste trichloroethane results from vapor degreasing of
     metal parts.  The metal hydroxide sludge is generated as  a
     byproduct from recycling wastes from chromium and lead
     plating operations.

     The contact and party responsible for the hazardous waste
     management activities at Tankopile is:
                    John Q. Smith
                    Environmental Engineer
                    (401) 555-6789

B-2  Topographic Map [40 CFR 122.25(a)(19)1
     Figure 4 is a topographic map showing the facility bound-
     aries, buildings,  waste storage areas, and other details.
     Figures 5 and 6 are topographic maps showing 5-ft contour
     intervals of elevation and the 100-year floodplain area,
     respectively.  These maps also show surface waters.  The
     scale on these maps is 1 in. equals 880 ft. whereas the
     regulations request a scale of L in. equal to not more than
     200 ft.  This was discussed with the permit application
     reviewer at EFA and this submission was considered accept-
     able (see letter to J. Q. Smith dated 12/1/31 from
     C. Siegel submitted separately).
                                101

-------
                                                         Revision No.:  0
                                                         B
                         WLQWING/
                                          FVTUKt
                                         ,WSTl MU
                                           Ml*
            N
                                                 DMIN
                                                   IQM1NG/IM.MOIM «U

                                                    MSTC Mil «l»
            880 ft
     SCALE
NAP DATE:  9/1Q/81
  Figure  4-  Facility map of  Tankopile  Finishing  Company.
                              102

-------
                                                             Date:   2/26/82
                                                             Revision No.:   0
                                                             B
                                                                      '25
                130
130
         130
                  SCALE
                 QATE: 9/10/81
       Figure 5.  Facility map with 5-foot contour intervals of elevation
                                  (feet MSL).
                                      103

-------
                                                                        t.f
                                                               Revision No
                                                               B
                                                                 125
       130
130
          SCALE

         MTE: 9/10/81

         ZONES SUBJECT TO
         100-YEAR FLOODS
        Figure 6.   Facility map showing 100-year  floodplain.
                                   104

-------
                                             Date:   2/26/82
                                             Revision No.:   0
                                             B
Land Uses:  Figure 7 shows surrounding land-use  areas.
Other industry lies south of the facility; the rest  of  the
surrounding area is undeveloped.  Zoning maps of the area
may be obtained from the City of Anytown Planning Com-
mission.
Hazardous Waste Management Facility Boundary:  The haz-
ardous waste management facilities consist of the drum
storage area (100 55-gallon drums), two 7500-gallon  storage
tanks, and one 50-yd3 waste pile (Figure 4).  The figure
also shows the location of the future waste pile area which
is outside the 100-year floodplain.  The existing waste
pile area is within the 100-year floodplain (Figure  6).
wind Rose:  Figure 8 shows an annual wind rose of meteor-
ological data collected from 1965 through 1974 at the
nearest weather station, approximately 5 miles west  of the
Tankopile facility in Anytown, Rhode Island.
Access Control:  The facility is surrounded by a fence, and
a guard house is situated at the only entrance to the
plant.  Employees must show identification to obtain ac-
cess; visitors must sign in and out and wear a visitor's
badge.  Access control is discussed in further detail in
Section F-la.
Injection and withdrawal Wells:  The site has no injection
wells.  One withdrawal well is located north of  the  electric
substation (see Figure 4) and is used to supply  cooling
water for vapor degreasers at the facility.  No  other wells
are located on-site or off-site within 1000 feet of  the
facility.
                           105

-------
                                                           Date:   2/26/82
                                                           Revision  No.:  0
                                                           3
                  LEGAL BOUNDARIES
                    OF FACILITY
                                                         LEGEND

                                                  I*, [^ OTHER INDUSTRY

                                                     5] WOODED HARSH

                                                         MOODS OR BRUSH
                                                         SAND
NAP DATE: 4/20/79
1000 ft
	i
                                                         SCALE
               Figure  7.   Surrounding land  use.
                                106  •

-------
                                                       Date:   2/26/82
                                                       Revision  Ko.:    0
                                                        B
  ANYTOWN,  RHODE ISLAND
  1965 -  1974
29,216  OBSERVATIONS
7.15 CALM
WIND SPEED, knots
                                 8.  Uind rose.
                                  107

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.:  0
                                             B
Buildings; Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Areas; Other
Structures:  Figure 3 shows the building and structures on
the property as well as the waste storage areas.
Recreation Areas:  Not applicable.
Runoff Control Systems:  A combined sewer system with
collection drains located throughout the facility collects
runoff from the processing and warehouse areas  (Figure 4).
Runoff from the container and waste pile storage areas is
collected in holding tanks prior to discharge to the sewer
system.  Section F-4b discusses runoff control  in greater
detail.
Access and Internal Roads:  Figure 4 shows the  roads within
the plant area and the one road leading into the plant.
Storm, Sanitary and Process Sewers:  Tankopile's combined
sewer system, which collects sanitary .sewage and storm
water, has drains located in the office building, lunch
room, first aid building, processing area, and  warehouse
area.  The system also extends to the container storage
area and waste pile storage area receiving runoff.  Runoff
collected in the container storage area and waste pile
storage area does not mix with sanitary waste until it
passes through the holding tanks as discussed in section
F-4b.  The combined sewer system is shown in Figure 4.
There are no process sewers at this facility.
                           108

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  B
     Loading and Unloading Areas:  Concrete loading/unloading
     areas are provided on the east side of the tank storage
     area and at the warehouse.  A loading/unloading area is
     provided on the west side of the container storage area and
     a loading/unloading area will be located on the south side
     of the future waste pile.
     Fire Control Facilities:  The three fire hydrants provided
     are located near the lab, the processing area, and the
     warehouse.
     Surface Waters:  The only surface water within 1000 feet of
     the facility is the Queen River shown in Figures 4 through
     6.
                           ^
     Flood Control/Drainage Barriers:  General drainage on the
     property is toward the river.  A fence surrounds the con-
     tainers to keep them within the storage area during a minor
     flood.  Alternatively, when a 100-year flood is evident,
     the containers will be removed to a disposal facility.
     Current plans call for the waste pile to be moved outside
     the 100-year floodplain.  The tanks are already located
     outside the floodplain.
B-3  Location Information [40 CFR 122.25(a)(11) and'264.18]
3-3a  Sersmic Standard
     Because this is an existing rather than a new facility, the
     seismic standard does not apply.
                                109

-------
                                                   Date:   2/26/82
                                                   Revision No.:   0
                                                   B
B-3b  Floodplain Standard
     The Tankopile Finishing Company,  Inc.,  facility  is  located
     immediately west of the Queen River and 1.3 miles east of
     the Chipuxet River.  The 100-year floodplain  elevation at
     the facility is 125 feet mean sea level (MSL).

     Figure 9 shows a portion of the Federal Insurance Adminis-
     tration (FIA) flood map for the city of Anytown.  The  zones
     labeled "AO" on the map indicate areas  of 100-year  shallow
     flooding with depths between 1 and 3 feet.  (This refers to
     depth of flooding in a given area rather than rise  of  the
     river by one to three feet.)  The Zone  B portions of the
     facility property indicate areas between the limits of the
     100-year flood and the 500-year flood or areas subject to
     100-year flooding with average depths of less than  one
     foot.   The remainder (the most northern and western sections)
     of the property,  designated as Zone C,  is an area that is
     not subject to flooding.  More than half of the  facility
     property is located within the 100-year floodplain  and is
     subject to floods of one to three feet  in depth.
B-3b(l)  Demonstration of Compliance
B-3b(l)(a)   Flood Proofing and Flood Protection Measures
     The slow-flowing Queen River may subject the property  to
     occasional shallow (one to three foot depths) floods,  but
     no wave action'can reasonably be expected.
     Waste  containers  (55-gallon drums) are stored in a  fenced-
     in area located in Zone AO.  Although the container storage
                                110

-------
                                                                      Date:    2/2S/32
                                                                      Revision No.:  0
                                                                      B
 LISAL BOUNDARIES
    OF FACILITY
                                                                                  1000 ft
                                                                            SCALE


                                                                      NAP  DATE: 4/20/79
                                                          LESENO

                                                          ZONE AO  • AREA OF  100-TEAR FLOOD;
                                                                   FLOOD ELEVATION OF
                                                                   12S fMt NSL.
                                                          ZONE B
       - AREA  BETWEEN LIMITS OF
         100-rEAR FLOOD AND 500-
         YEAR  FLOOD; OR AREAS
         SUBJECT TO 100-rEAR
         FLOODING WITH AVERAGE
         DEPTHS LESS THAN ONE
         (1) FOOT OR «H£RE THE
         CONTRIBUTING DRAINAGE
         IS  LESS THAN ONE SQUARE
         MILE. FLOOD ELEVATION
         OF  130 fMt MSL.

ZONE C  - AREAS OF MINIMAL FLOODING.
Figure  9.   Federal insurance Administration  (FIA)  100-year floodplain map.
                                           Ill

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  B
                                                       i
     area is subject to floods, the closed drums would be con-
     tained by the fence should a flood occur.  In the event of
     a 100-year flood,  the drums will be removed to a disposal
     facility.
B-3b(l)(b)  Flood Plan
     The container storage area located in the east corner of
     the property, in zone AO,  is in the 100-year floodplain.
     In the event of a 100-year flood, the drums will be moved
     by Hazardous Spills Cleaned (OSC),  Inc.  (EPA I.D. No.
     RI0090000000) 1200 East Twelfth Street,  Anytown, Rhode
     Island,  to Ace Storage,  Inc.,  4700 West Eleventh Street,
     Anytown,  Rhode Island (EPA I.D. No. RI009899999).

     Tankopile has contracted with OSC,  Inc., a firm that
     specializes in hazardous waste transport and hazardous
     spill cleanup activities.   Tankopile has entered into  a
     contractual agreement with OSR that guarantees that OSR
     will make the necessary personnel and equipment available
     to move  our waste  to  Ace Storage within  4 hours notice.
     The contractual agreement  is available at the facility for
     review.   OSR will  move the palletized drums by fork-lift
     truck onto a flat-bed truck,  which will  transport the  drums
     5  miles  to Ace Storage.  OSR has entered into a contractual
     agreement with Ace Storage that states that they will
     accept the Tankopile  waste within 8 hours'  notice.
                                112

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  B
     It is estimated that it would take 8 hours to move 100
     drums (4 per pallet), which is well within the warning time
     before the occurrence of a 100-year flood.

     Some small likelihood of a potential accident is possible
     when moving the drums from the storage area and loading
     them onto the flat-bed trucks.  Therefore, Tankopile's
     emergency coordinator will be responsible for ensuring that
     the contractor personnel follow all necessary safety
     procedures.
B-3b(2)  Plan for Future Compliance
     The waste pile currently located in the east corner of the
     property, in Zone AO, would be subject to washout should a
     100-year flood occur.  Plans are being completed for con-
     structing a storage area for the waste pile in the northern-
     most corner of the property along the eastern boundary.
     This is' a Zone C area,  not subject to flooding (100-yr).
     The planned waste pile storage area will be constructed
     according to the production schedule provided in Table 2
     and will meet the same design specifications as the exist-
     ing waste pile storage area.  Moving the waste pile from
     its current location will prevent material washout from the
     pile due to  flooding.  (See Section 0-3a for design of
     waste pile.)  The old waste pile will be closed in accord-
     ance with the procedures specified in the closure plan.
                                113

-------
                                                       Date:   2/26/32
                                                       Revision No.:  0
                                                       B
            TABLE 2.   WASTE PILE CONSTRUCTION  SCHEDULE
            Item
Date of completion
Begin construction
Ground water table control
 system
Leachate collection system
Foundati on
Liner
Leachate and runoff collection
 system
Base
Run-on diversion ditch
Begin receiving wastes
  March 1,  1982
  March 26,  1982

  April 16,  1982
  April 23,  1982
  April 30,  1982
  May 14,  1982

  May 21,  1982
  June 7,  1982
  June 15,  1982
                                 114

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:   0
                                                  B
     This facility will be in compliance with 40 CFR Section
     264.18(b) by June 1983 when the waste pile is moved to a
     aonflooding area.

B-4  Traffic Patterns [40 CFR 122.25(a)(10)]
     Access to Tankopile Finishing Company is from Interstate 95
     to State Highway 102 east and right on River Road.  After a
     distance of approximately 5 miles on River Road, a left-hand
     turn is made at West Eleventh Street, and the plant entrance
     is on the left about 1/2 mile from the intersection.
     Figure 10 shows the onsite traffic pattern.  The main road,
     parking lots, and dead-end roads are two-way; the two main
     loops within the property are one-way.  Most cars are
     confined to the parking lot and entrance road.  Within the
     plant, traffic vehicles consist mostly of front-end loaders
     and trucks.  About five semitrailers enter the plant each
     day.  Four front-end loaders are used throughout the plant
     on a constant basis; and two additional front-end loaders
     are used as needed.
     Traffic Control:  Traffic is controlled by one-way direction
     and stop signs.  These are also indicated in Figure 10.
     Access Road Surfacing:  All roads are constructed of 5 in.
     of bituminous concrete pavement (blacktop), composed of  3H
     in. of bituminous concrete base material and 1^ in. of
     bituminous concrete surface material; this overlays 9 in.
     of compacted aggregate base.
                                115

-------
                                              Date:   2/26/82
                                              Revision No.:  0
                                              B
 ®  STOP SIGN

fUTUl LOADING/UNLOADING AREA
       Figure 10. Traffic flow  (not to scale).
                        116

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.:  0
                                             B
Load-Bearing Capacity:  All roads are capable of bearing
loads up to 50,000 pounds per axle.  The bulk tanker truck
used to remove inventory from the tank storage area has a
curb weight of 28,000 Ibs.  Assuming removal of 7,500 gal
from either of the storage tanks, the tanker will weigh
approximately 91,000 Ibs.  The flatbed truck used to remove
drums from the facility has a curb weight of 30,000 Ibs.
Assuming removal of 100 drums at 500 Ibs/drum, the loaded
flatbed truck will weigh about 80,000 Ibs.  Therefore, the
facility roads can bear the weight of the trucks.
Traffic Control Signals:  Not applicable.
                           117

-------
                                                   Date:  2/26/82
                                                   Revision No.:  0
                                                   C
                             SECTION C
                       WASTE CHARACTERISTICS

      This section describes the chemical and physical nature of
 the hazardous wastes stored at the Tankopile facility and the
 waste Analysis Plan for sampling,  testing,  and evaluating the
 wastes to assure that sufficient information is available for
 their safe handling.  The information submitted is in accordance
.with the requirements of 40 CFR §122.25(a)(2) and (3).

 C-l  Chemical and Physical Analyses [40 CFR 122.25(aH2)1
      List of Hazardous Wastes  Stored at Facility:  Hazardous
      wastes are stored at this facility in  55-gallon drum con-
      tainers,  7500-gallon tanks,  and a waste pile.  Current
      inventory consists of
                100 containers  (55-gallon drums)
                Two 7500-gallon tanks
                One 50-yd5 waste pile

      The containers (55-gallon drums)  can be broadly classified
      into Group A,  B,  and C containers,  grouped separately due
      to  incompatibility of the wastes.   The contents of each
      group are listed below:
           Group A   Yellow drums    Pickle liquor sludge (D002,  D007,
                                     and D008)
           Group B   Blue drums     Metal grindings (D007 and D008)
                                 118

-------
                                             Date:   2/26/82
                                             Revision No.:   0
                                             C
     Group C   White drums    Vinyl acetate  sludge  (D001)
                              Vinyl chloride sludge  (D001)
The pickle liquor sludge is corrosive,  and it is  toxic
because of its extractable lead and hexavalent chromium
content.  The vinyl acetate and vinyl chloride sludges are
ignitable; both have flash points below 60°F.  The metal
grindings are toxic; they contain large amounts of extract-
able lead and hexavalent chromium.

Spent pickle liquor [hydrochloric acid  (HC1)] and spent
1,1,1-trichloroethane solvent (also referred to as methyl
chloroform) that have become contaminated and diluted
through use in metal cleaning and finishing  operations are
stored separately in tanks.  Spent pickle liquor  is  a
listed hazardous waste, assigned hazardous waste  number
K062 (40 CFR 261.32) because of its corrosivity and  EP
toxicity.  It is corrosive because it has a  pH of less than
2; it is toxic because of its extractable hexavalent
chromium and lead content.  The 1,1,1-trichloroethane is
also a listed hazardous waste, assigned number F001  (40 CFR
261.31) because of its toxicity.

A 50-yd3 (maximum) waste pile is used to store metal hydroxide
sludges which are toxic due to their 'extractable  lead and
hexavalent chromium content.   The EPA hazardous waste
numbers assigned to these sludges are D007 and 0008.
waste Analyses:   Table 3 lists the hazardous wastes  stored
                           119

-------
                                                            Date:   2/26/82
                                                            Revision No.:  0
                                                            C
                                   TABLE 3

        WASTES, ASSOCIATED HAZARDS, AND BASIS FOR HAZARD DESIGNATION
        Chemical
 Hazard
Basis for hazard designation
Tanks
  Pickle liquor
   (hydrochloric acid)
  1,1,1-tri ch1oroethane

Drums

  Vinyl acetate sludge  •



  Vinyl chloride sludge



  Pickle liquor sludge



  Metal grindings


Waste pile

  Metal hydroxide sludge
Corrosive,     Listed waste K062 has pH of 1
Toxic          EP toxic, lead and hexavalent
                chromium

Toxic          Listed waste F001
Ignitible      Flash point of pure vinyl acetate
                is 18°F.   Tested flash point for
                waste is  25°F.

Ignitible  '    Flash point of pure vinyl chloride
                is -108°F.   Tested flash point
                for waste is 6°F.

Corrosive,     Has pH of  1;
Toxic          EP toxic,  lead and  hexavalent
                chromi urn

Toxic          EP toxic,  lead and  hexavalent
                chromi urn
Toxic          EP toxic,  lead and hexavalent
                chromium
                                    120

-------
                                                   Date:   2/26/82
                                                   Revision No.:   0
                                                   C
      at  the  Tankopile  facility,  their associated hazard classi-
      fication,  and  the basis  for the hazard classification.  .In
      most cases the classification is based on known charac-
      teristics  of the  wastes,  such as ignitability,  reactivity,
      corrosivity, or EP toxicity analyses.   For listed wastes,
      the classification is based on the  listing.   Figures 11
      through 17 show the waste analysis  results.
      Waste Handling:   All wastes (except those in the waste
      pile) are  labeled;  the label describes the contents of each
      tank or container and its associated hazard (corrosivity,
      toxicity,  or ignitability).   This practice informs  workers
      handling these wastes of  the associated hazards so  that
      appropriate precautions can be taken.   Details  regarding
      the tanks, containers, storage areas;  and personnel train-
      ing are presented in other  sections  of this  application.
      General information and hazardous characteristics of the
      waste types are included  in Appendix A.

C-2   Waste Analysis  Plan f40 CFR 122.25(a)(3)1
C-2a  Parameters and Rationale
      Table 4  shows  the  hazardous  wastes stored at  the  facility,
      the analytical parameters that apply to each, and the
      rationale  for  their selection.
C-Zb  Test Methods
     Table 5  shows the  test methods  that  are used  to measure the
      analytical parameters.   All  test methods  are  from Test
                                121

-------
                                                      Date:   2/26/82
                                                      Revision No.:  0
                                                      C
                      LABORATORY DATA
n IPNT Tankooile s^^*,
PN
AGOG BATP 1/4/82 (L — C
ANALYST E. Smeal V^^V




































^_ ^
Sample No.

CF 102



































































1,1,1-tri-
:hloroetha

90S

















•














V ANALY
C\ MET MO
/ CMECKI
IP












B





















sit lj_l ,1-tncnloroethane
3 NUMBER
•a
808






„




































































































Figure  11.  Laboratory analysis results -  1,1,1-tricfiloroethane.

                          122

-------
                                                                   Date:  2/26/32
                                                                   Revision  No.: 0
                                                                   C
                    RCRA 3A=ARD ASSESSMENT TEST REPORT
Client:  TankooilB Finuninq Company
          ^^*^*"^p
	  IF:
PEDCo Lab

1261.21 Ita»ITABII.ITf

        Flash point

1261.22 COKHOSIvm

              I  0
        HACZ~"1

1261.23
        Acid  labile cyanide
        Acid  labil* suifida
                                •F (Max.  allowed 140T)
PH <12.5
  n»/yr  (lux
                                                          6.35 mm/yr)
         Sample  type.  Solid „	S«aisolid     	 Liquid    x
         Xzliquldor  seBiMlid.  non-eilterable soiida - 	L_»

         NOT2*   Xf MV&«  contains  less than 0.5% oonfiltrable aolids.
             filtrate  la the extract.
                         Analytical Maulta
        Values are concentrations of conatituent  in  extract.
      Constituent
      Arsenic
      Bariua
                          Concentration,  ng/1
      Ciromiua, total
      Ojromiua. nexavelent
      Mercury
      Seleniua
      Silver
       Lindane
       Methoxychlor
       Toxaphene
       2.4-0
       2,4,5-W
                                M
                                 .001
1
                                                 Naxiauv concentration
                                                    •Hewed,  aq/1

                                                          S.O
                                                        100.0
                                                          1.0
                                                          5.0
                                                          5.0
                                                          5.0
                                                          0.2
                                                          1.0
                                                          5.0

                                                          0.02
                                                          0.4
                                                         10.0
                                                          0.5
                                                         10.0
                                                          1.0
       70CD Environmental.  Inc.    Submitted by:.
          Figure 12.  Laboratory analysis  results for  pickle liquor.
                                       123

-------
                                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                                  Revision  No.: 0
                                                                  C
                   RCRA iUZAJU) ASSESSMENT TEST REPORT
                  f<
                                                  PH:   annn
1261.21  TgHITABILITY

        Flash  point .

1261.22  eoMOSIvm
                       ?«i
        NACX""corrosion rate

1261.23 REACTIVITY

        Acid labile cyanide
        Acid labile
                                               Date  Kept



                               •F (Max. allowed 140*7)
                                    M <12.S
                                     •/yr (Mu
                                                         6.3S «/yr)
                                                        Liquid
               type:   Solid __^__	---
        iriiquid or  aemiaolid,  non-filterable

        MOTE:  Zf aanple contain!  leaa taan 0.5% aonfiltrable
        the filtrate  i* the extract.

                        Analytical tesults
       value* are concentration* of constituent in extract.
                         Coaemtratien.  «9/l
     ATM&iC
     Barium
     CadBium
     Chrouu*. total
     Chromium, hoxavalmt
     Mercury

     Silver

     Endria
     Lladan*
     Metnoxychlor
      2,4-0
      2,4.5-TP
                                                Haxiaum concentration
                                                   alloiMd.  nq/1

                                                         5.0
                                                       100.0
                                                         1.0
                                                         s.o
                                                         s.o
                                                         5.0
                                                         0.2
                                                         1.0
                                                         5.0

                                                         0.02
                                                         0.4
                                                        10.0
                                                         0.5
                                                        10.0
                                                         1.0
              rironemtal.  Xnc.    Submitted byi.
Figure  13.   Laboratory  analysis results  for vinyl acetate sludge.
                                     124

-------
                                                                 Date:  2/26/82
                                                                 Revision No.:  0
                                                                 C
                   RCRA HAZARD ASSESSMENT TEST REPORT


                          _                         DM*   mnn
         Tinfcooile Flnnhino Camganv	 ™«	iUHB-
1261.21  IPIITABILITY

        yiaah  point      6	'T  (lUx. allowed 140«f>


1261.22  eOMOSrV
                                (2< pa c!2.5 allowed)
                                     •/yr  (MM. allatMd 6.35
1261.23
        Acid labil*
        Acid
1261.24
        Saapl* typ«s   Solid  _   S«l«olid
        If liquid or MUMlid. non-eilt*ratola solids

        HOTS:  If •«apl« eonuuia !••• than  0.5% aonfiltrabl* solida.
        tte filtr»*« i» th« •xcraee.

                        Analytical Results
       Values arc eonentrauoa* of constituent  in  extract.


     Constituent         concentration, ng/1    Mauana concentration
     Arsenic
     aariua
     Cadao.ua
     Caromiia*. total
     Chromiua. hexavalant
     Lead
     Mercury
     Seleniua
     Silver
     Metnosycalor
     Toxapnene
     2.4-0
     2.4.5-W
                       1. too.   Subsatted byt.
    Figure 1*.   Laboratory analysis results  for vinyl chloride sludqe.
                                       125

-------
                                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                                  Revision  No.:  0
                                                                  C
                    RCRA HAZARD ASSESSMENT TEST REPORT


           T«nkani1t Finishing Company - ; — PM: - £000
1261.21 I SUITABILITY

        FlMh point             T  (tux. allowed  140«F)

12(1.22 CORROSIVIT*

        pH      1.3 __   (2<  pH  <12.5 allowed)
             corrosion rate  ""       m«/yr  (Max. allowed  6.35 an/yr)
1261.23 REACTIVITY
        Acid labile cyanide
        Acid labile sulfide
1261.24 EP TOXICITY
        SMtpl. typ«:   Solid   	 S«l»0lid 	
        If liquid or Mmiaolid.non^filtarabl*  solids
        MOTE:  If staple contains less than 0.3% nonfiltrable  solids.
        the filtrate is the extract.

                        Analytical Results
       Values are concentrations of constituent in extract.


     Constituent         Concentration, sq/1    Maximal concentration
                                                   allowed.  Bg/1

     Arsenic                   '° 01                      5-°
nS
1 Ql
IT
                               S3 C
                               in
Bariua
Cadmium
Chromium, total
Chromium, aexavalent
Lead
Mercury
Selenium
Silver                    'O.ooi

                        	                  0.02
     -                  5.0
     ~                  5.0
     ""                  5.0
.001                     0.2
 01                      1.0
 Ml                     5.0
     Methoxychlor
     Toxaphene
     2.4-0
     2.4.5-TP
      PEDCo  Environmental. Xac.   Submitted byi.
        Figure  15.   Laboratory  analysis results  for pickle  liquor
                     sludge.
                                       126

-------
                    RCRA HAZARD ASSESSMENT TEST REPORT
                                                              Date:  2/26/82
                                                              Revision  No.:  0
                                                              C
Client:
           Tankooile Finishing Company
                                                           1000
       IP;   •'Soa (metal grinding)
PEOCO Lab Ho.; CF 107    Date Received;
                            Reported;
1261.21 ICMITABIL2TY

        flash point _

{261.22 CORKOS3
       •T (Max.  allowed 140*7)
        HACZ corrosion rate

1261.23 KEACTTVITT

        Acid labile cyanide
        Acid labile sulfite

1261.24 8P TOXIC1TT

        Saople typet  Solid
       (2< pH <12.S aliened)
             tm/yt (Max.  allowed 6.35 ao/yr)
             Seodsolid
           liquid or aeaiMlid, nbn-filtarabi* solids -

        HOTZ:  If taaple eoneaine leea than 0.5% aonfiltrable aolids.
        the filtrate is the extract.

                        Analytical Reaulta
       Valaee are coneentratiene of constituent in extract.
     Constituent
Concentration, ag/1
     Areenie
     Bariua
     CadBiua
     Chroaiua. total
     Chromiua. hexavalent
     Mercury
     Seleniiai
     Silver

     todrin
     Netboxyenlor
     Toxaphene
     2.4-0
     2.4.5-W
                                <0.01
        0.6
       as. s
                                '0-0"
       
-------
                                                             Date:   2/26/82
                                                             Revision  No.:  0
                                                             C
                    RCflA HAZARD ASSESSMENT TEST REPORT
Client;    Tankopile Finishing Company
                                                    PNt
                            4000
1261.21 ISUITABILITY

        Flash point

1261.22 CORBOSIVITY
m'T (Max.  allowed 140*T)
        PH
        RACCcorrosionrate"'

1261.23 HEACTIVITt

        Acid labile cyanide
        Acid labile sulfide

1261.24 EP TOXICITT

        Sample typet   Solid
        If liquid or aemisel]
 (2< pa <12.5 allowed)
      , »»/yr (Max.  allowed  6.35 mm/yr)
 ___ Semiaolid
 non-filterable '•
                                                        Liquid
       HOTE:  tf aaaple contains leaa than 0.5% oonfiltrable solida,
       the filtrate la the exrraet.

                       Analytical Results
      Values are concentrations of constituent in extract.
    Constituent
                        Concentration, me/1
    Arsenic
    Bariua
    Cadmium
    Chromium, total
    Chromium, hexavalent
    tead
    Mercury
    Selenium
    Sili
    Methoxychlor
    Toxaphene
    2,4-0
    2,4.5-TP
«0 01
JL&.
49.9
                                               Maximum concentration
                                                  allowed, mg/1

                                                        5.0
                                                      100.0
                                                        1.0
                                                        5.0
                                                        5.0
                                                        5.0
                                                        0.2
                                                        1.0
                                                        5.0

                                                        0.02
                                                        0.4
                                                       10.0
                                                        0.5
                                                       10.0
                                                        1.0
                    tal.  Inc.    Submitted byt
 Figure 17.   Laboratory analysis results  for metal hydroxide sludge.
                                     128

-------
                                                            Date:   2/26/82
                                                            Revision Mo.: 0
                                                            C
                                   TABLE 4

                PARAMETERS AND RATIONALE FOR THEIR SELECTION
   Hazardous waste
 Parameter
                                                 Rationale
Pickle liquor
 (hydrochloric acid)
1,1,1-trichloroethane
PH, EP
 toxicity
 (Pb, Cr 8)
1.1,1-
 trichloro-
 ethane
Vinyl acetate sludge    Flash point
Vinyl chloride sludge   Flash point
Pickle liquor sludge
Metal grindings
PH, EP
 toxicity
 (Pb, Cr 9)
EP toxicity
 (Pb, Cr 8)
The waste is a listed hazardous waste
 (K062) due to its toxicity (lead and
 hexavalent chromium) and due to its
 corrosivity (pH <2).

This is a listed toxic waste (F001).
 There is no reason to believe this
 waste will contain any other toxic
 constituents in significant concen-
 trations.

This waste is ignitible.  Practical
 grade vinyl.acetate has a flash point
 of 18°F.  Knowledge of this value
 helps to ensure the safe handling of
 these wastes.

The waste is ignitible.  Practical
 grade vinyl chloride has a flash point
 of -108aF.  Knowledge of this value
 helps to ensure the safe handling of
 these wastes.

The waste has an estimated pH value of
 less than 2, making it a corrosive
 waste.  Also it may contain toxic
 levels of lead and hexavalent chromium.

The grindings contain lead and
 hexavalent chromium compounds.
Metal hydroxide sludge  EP toxicjty  The sludge contains lead and
                         (Pb, Cr s)   hexavalent chromium compounds.
                                   . 129

-------
                                                            Date:   2/26/82
                                                            Revision  No.:  0
                                                            C
                                   TABLE 5

                         PARAMETERS AND TEST METHODS
      Parameter
   Test method
         Reference
pH
Flash point
EP toxicity
1,1,1-tri ch1oroethane
Lead
Chronri urn
Electrometric
Pens Icy-Martens.
 closed-cap tester

EP toxicity test
 procedure

GC/FID
Atomic absorption
Atomic absorption
Test Methods for Evaluating
 Solid Waste.  Physical/
 Chemical Methods U.S. EPA
 SW-846

ASTM Standard
 D-93-79 or D-93-80

40 CFR 261. Appendix II
Test Methods for Evaluating
 Solid Waste.  Physical/
 Chemical Methods U.S. EPA
 SW 846.

Methods for chemical
 analysis of water and
 wastes, EPA-600/4-79/020,
 March 1979.

Methods for chemical analysis
 of water and wastes
 EPA-600/4-79/020
 March 1979
                                     130

-------
                                                   Date:   2/26/82
                                                   Revision No.:   0
                                                   C
      Methods  for  Evaluating Solid Waste,  Physical/Chemical
      Methods  (EPA Office of Water and Waste Management,  SW-846,
      1980), or other EFA-approved methods.
 C-2c  Sampling Methods
      Table 6  lists the  hazardous  wastes stored at the facility
      and the  methods used to sample each.
 C-2d  Frequency of Analyses
      As  Table 7 shows,  each waste is analyzed yearly.   Because
      wastes generated at this facility do not change significant-
      ly,  this minimum frequency will continue as long as the
      quality  control program indicates that the products are
      within 1 percent of specifications.   Additional analyses
      will be  performed  if a process change should affect the
      hazardous characteristics of a waste.   These analyses will
      be  conducted at the discretion of the plant manager or the
      regulatory agency.
,C-2e  Additional  Requirements for Waste Generated Offsite
      This facility only handles on-site generated wastes; there-
      fore,  requirements for wastes received from off-site gener-
      ators do not apply.
                                 131

-------
                                                   TABLE 6

                                   METHODS USED TO SAMPLE HAZARDOUS WASTES
      Hazardous  waste
   Pickle liquor
   1,1,1-trichloroethane
Ul
K)
   Vinyl  acetate sludge
   Vinyl  chloride  sludge
   Sampling method
Sampling a Storage Tank
 from "Samplers and
 Sampling
 Procedures for Hazard-
 ous Waste Streams."
EPA-600/2-80-018,
 page 36, which appears
 in reference for
 sampler

Sampling a Storage Tank
 from "Samplers and
 Sampling
 Procedures for Hazard-
 ous Waste Streams."
EPA-600/2-80-018,
 page 38, which appears
 in reference for
 sampler

ASTM Standard 0346-75.
 Soil or rock-like
 material
ASTM Standard 0346-75.
 Soil or rock-like
 material
  Description of sampling
Composite sample using a
 Coliwasa sampler from 3
 grab samples at top, middle,
 and bottom of tank
Composite sample using a
 Coliwasa sampler from 3
 grab samples at top, middle,
 and bottom of tank
Representative composite
 sample from 3 grab samples
 at top, middle, and bottom
 of drum using a split tube
 thief sampler

Representative composite
 sample from 3 grab samples
 at top, middle, and bottom
 of drum using a split tube
 thief samplers
Reference for sampler
Test Methods for the
 Evaluation of Solid
 Waste. Physical/Chemical
 Methods EPA-SW-846
Test Methods for the
 Evaluation of Solid
 Waste. Physical/Chemical
 Methods EPA-SW-846
                                                                                                             n
Test Methods for the
 Evaluation of Sol id
 Waste. Physical/Chemical
 Methods, EPA-SW-846
 Section 3.2.4

Test Methods for the
 Evaluation of Solid
 Waste. Physical/Chemical
 Methods. EPA-SW-846
 Section 3.2.4
v o
(D Oi
< rt
H (D
in ..
H-
O
D K)

"Z 10
O en
•  \
.. oo
  NJ
   (continued)

-------
    (ABLE 4 (continued)
      Hazardous waste
   Pickle liquor sludge
   Metal grinding*
   Sampling method
   Metal hydroxide sludge
Ul
ASTM Standard 0346-75.
 Soil or rock-like
 material
ASTM Standard 0140-70.
 Crushed or powdered
 material
ASTM Standard 0346-75.
 Soil or rock-like
 material
  Description of sampling
Representative composite
 sample from 3 grab
 samples at top. middle,
 and bottom of drum
 using a split tube thief
 sampler

Representative composite
 sample from 3 grab samples
 at top, middle, and bottom
 of drum using a Trier
 scoop

Composite sample using a
 Trier scoop from 6 grab
 samples through three
 different points near the
 top of the pile .to points
 diagonally opposite the
 point of entry
 Reference for sampler
 Test Methods for the
  Evaluation of Solid
  Waste.  Physical/Chemical
  Methods, EPA-SW-846
  Section 3.2.4
 Test Methods for the
  Evaluation of Solid
  Waste. Physical/Chemical
  Methods, EPA-SW-846
  Section 3.2.5

 Test Methods for the
!  Evaluation of Solid
  Waste. Physical/Chemical
  Methods, EPA-SW-846
  Section 3.2.5
                                                                                                               n
                                                                                                                 n> PI
                                                                                                                 < ft
                                                                                                                 H- fl>
                                                                                                                 in ••
                                                                                                                 H-
                                                                                                                 o
                                                                                                                 & 10
                                                                                                                 O a\
                                                                                                                   oo
                                                                                                                   to

-------
                                                          Date:   2/26/82
                                                          Revision No.: 0
                                                          C
Vinyl  acetate  sludge

Vinyl  chloride sludge

Pickle liquor  sludge*


Metal  grindings


Metal  hydroxide sludge
                                  TABLE   7

                           FREQUENCY OF  ANALYSIS
Hazardous waste
Pickle liquor
(hydrochloric acid)
1 , 1 , 1- tr i ch 1 oroethane
Analysis
pH, EP toxicity
(Pb, Cr)
1,1,1-trichloro-
Frequency
Annually
Annually
                                ethane
Flash point
Flash point
pH, EP toxicity
(Pb, Cr)
EP toxicity
(Pb, Cr)
EP toxicity
(Pb, Cr)
Annual ly
Annual ly
Annually
Annual ly
Annually
                                    134

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  D
                            SECTION D
                       PROCESS INFORMATION

     The information provided in this section is submitted in
accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR Part 122.25(b)(l),
(2), and (4).  Other regulations addressed to complete this
section include 40 CFR §264.17, §264.175, §264.176, §264.177,
§264.191, §264.192, §264.198, §264.199, §264.252, §264.253,
§264.256, and §264.257.
     This section discusses specific process information for the
storage of containers, tanks, and waste piles.  The Tankopile
Finishing Company has a 1125-ft2 container storage area, two
7500-gallon storage tanks, and one 50-yd3 waste pile.  The waste
pile containment system, container storage area, and tank storage
area designs and specifications were all certified by a registered
professional engineer.

D-l  Containers f40 CFR 122.25(bHl) 1
D-la  Containers
     The maximum inventory of drums in storage at any given time
     during the operating life of the facility is not expected
     to exceed 100 drums.  The container storage area,  which is
     located outdoors at the northeast end of the facility, cur-
     rently holds this amount.   Drummed waste includes vinyl

                                135

-------
                                                   Date:   2/26/82
                                                   Revision No.:   0
                                                   D
      acetate  sludge, vinyl chloride  sludge,  pickle liquor sludge,
      and metal grindings, all of which  contain  free liquids.
      Consequently, specific  information provided  in this  section
      will  follow  a format required for  containers  storing free
      liquids.

      There is 1125 ft2 in the container storage area,  225 ft2
      for ramp areas providing forklift  access to  each  of  the
      storage  sections, 27 ft2 for sump  areas, and  469  ft2 for
      aisle space.  The remaining 404  ft2 is  actual storage area,
      and is divided into three sections (storage  areas A,  B, and
      C) separated by curbs to permit  the storage of incompatible
      wastes.  A plan view and cross-sectional view of  the con-
      tainer storage area is provided  in Figures 18 and 19.
      Storage areas A, B, and C presently hold 44,  34,  and 22
      drums, respectively.  Stacked three drums high, storage
      areas A, B, and C have the capacity to  hold as  many  as 210,
      102, and 51 drums, respectively, or a total of  363 drums,
      however 100 drums or less are stored in this  area at any
      given time.
O-la(l)  Description of Containers
      Steel 55-gallon drums are used at  the facility  to store the
     wastes listed above in D-la.  The  drums are color coded and
     constructed of low carbon steel  that meets U.S. Department
     of Transportation Specification  No. 17C.  The ignitable
     vinyl acetate and vinyl chloride sludges are  contained in
     drums painted white to reflect solar heat as  a  possible
                                136

-------
                                                 Date:   2/26/82
                                                 Revision  No.: 0
                                                 0
           r
/GATE

[GATE

CON
AIS
NCE

|
ft
|

1
1
ft
I
t
ft
|


1
i

LE
— 5 f

MM



RAM





l-

P






• 12 ft —
1 1
t '
1 1
' 1 	
20(ORUNS
1
_ 5 ft -4! S f t -j
RAMP TO
STORAGE
AREA A
12 DRUMS

RAMP TO
STORAGE
AREA 8
RAMP TO
STORAGE
AREA C

12 DRUMS
— i

--


-••
1
1
1
1

^
— •


- 6 ft '- 12 ft
1 ' '
1 1 1
1
! j i
PRIMARY |— 2«* DRUMS
AISLE | 	 T i 	
i 1 1
>l 1 1
! I"K-
L -JJ ,
SUMP >.
CURB ' PUMP
! 14-
V | 22 DRUMS
1 1 ! !
r~ ' '
y^ ' 	 •— Sn
/PRIMARY "1
AISLE 3 f*
» SUMP/
PUMP^
! \
10 DRUMS!
! 1
H

^__
— • __

^©
	
3 ft
^^•••VM
(P)
/
V
\
^
®


)
15

" ~
i
.-
10


5
L
r
S
                                                           — SECONDARY
                                                             / AISLES
         Figure 18.   Plan view of container storage area.
                               137

-------
U)
n






12













ac
in





i
rt
i


i

i

;





^


i

i
I

_
t±


DRUM — »•
i
...
PAUIT — MI

RAHP-J
— 	 »-_ £l



^





























1




1










1
i
>


















-* —




1

10


1


I







— 5 ft 	 »-




tt

ft


CL


rr1

































1




1


1



























i

»
i

i
3

i

i
D
j
i
3-. !
n i
~ | SUHP j
1 J_










rtNLL






CHQUNO


- SUHP
PUMP
                                                                                           V
                                                                                        TO HOLDING
                                                                                          TANK C
D » O
  (D 0»
  < rt
  H ID
  (A ••
  H-
  O
  3 10

  Z to
                    Fi9"re 19.   Cross-sectional  view of container storaqe  area.

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  D
     ignition source.  These drums are protected against corro-  .
     sion by epoxy phenolic Linings.  Yellow drums are used to
     store pickle liquor sludge are equipped with polyethlyene
     liners.  Blue drums used to store metal grindings do not
     require a liner for chemical protection.
D-la(2)  Container Management Practices
     Prior to transfer to the container storage area, sludge and
     grinding wastes generated in the processing area are placed
     in the proper color-coded drums, sealed, and labeled accord-
     ing to Department of Transportation regulations for hazard-
     ous materials.  Transfer of drums to the container storage
     area is performed by a forklift truck.  The forklift operator
               .'
     accesses the storage area with a key and places the yellow
     (corrosive sludge) drums in storage area A, the blue (toxic
     metal grindings) drums in storage area B, and the white
     (ignitable sludges) drums in storage area C.  During the
     transfer of drums from the process area to the container
     storage area, the yellow, blue, and white drums are always
     transferred separately from the other colors because of
     their incompatibility.  At Tankopile there are no sources
     of ignition such as an open flame.
     The drums are stored on pallets to elevate them from con-
     tact with standing liquids, and if necessary, the drums are
     stacked as high as 12 ft (3 drums).  Primary aisle space of
     at least 5 ft is maintained at all times, and the container
     storage area is inspected regularly (see Section F-2)."
                                139

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  D
D-la(3)  Secondary Containment System Design and Operation
     The container storage area pad is constructed of concrete,
     designed for loads of 25 lb/in2.   A 6-in.-high concrete
     curb lines the perimeter of the storage area to provide a
     holding capacity of 3276 gallons, or more than 50 percent
     of the total volume held by the estimated maximum inventory.
     Below are the calculations involved in determining holding
     capacity:
              1125 ft2 - 225 ft2 (ramp areas) = 875 ft2
               750 ft2 x 0.5 ft (curb  height) = 443 ft3
                    1 ft3 = 7.48 gal
                    438 ft3 x 7.48 gal = 3276 gal
     The concrete pad is presently in  good condition,  free of
     any gaps holes or cracks.   The concrete pad in area A is
     specially coated with epoxy to prevent damage in the event
     of a spill.   Two other 6-in.  curbs within the storage area
     were constructed as partitions to permit the storage of
     incompatible wastes in the same storage area.   The base of
     the storage  area is constructed of 6-in.-thick concrete,
     and the surface in each storage section is sloped 2 percent
     towards its  respective sump area.

     The pad will be regularly  inspected as discussed in Section
     F-2 to ensure that i't remains impervious and in good condi-
     tion.   Automatic sump pumps activated by level switches are
     installed in each of the sump areas.   The pumps operate at
     32 gallons per minute sending collected liquids to three
                                140

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:   0
                                                  D
     separate secondary holding tanks (see Section D-la(4)).
     This prevents any possible overflow of the collection
     system from precipitation, leaks, or spills.  To date, the
     secondary containment system has been able to hold rainfall
     from the most severe thunderstorms without risk of rising
     above the curb:

     Run-on is prevented from entering the containment area by
     several means.  Besides the presence of a 6-in. curb at the
     perimeter of the storage area, the land immediately sur-
     rounding the containment area is graded to encourage drainage
     away from the area.  In addition, drain tiles at the perimeter
     of the containment curb drain any collected water to the
     sewer system.

     A 12-ft-high, chain-link fence with two lockable gates was
     installed to ensure safety and security (Figure 18).
D-la(4)  Removal of Liquids From Collection System
     Storage areas A, B, and C have separate sump areas and sump
     pumps to allow for the removal of any leaks or spills to
     three secondary holding tanks located just west of the
     processing area (Figure 4).  A 10,000-gallon holding tank
     receives precipitation, leaks, or spills from storage area
     A, a 35,000-gallon holding tank receives discharges from
     storage area B and leachate runoff from the waste pile
     area, and a 5,000-gallon holding tank receives discharges
     from storage area C.  These collection systems were designed
                                141

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:   0
                                                  D
     to handle the maximum 24-hour rainfall recorded  in Anytown
     (in 24 years).  Discharges remain in the holding tanks
     until laboratory analyses indicate whether they  are either
     hazardous or acceptable for release to the municipal sewer
     system.  If laboratory analyses indicate that a  holding
     tank contains hazardous waste, the material will be removed
     from the tank, drummed, labeled, and transferred to the
     appropriate container storage (A, B, or C).
D-lb  Containers Without Free Liquids
     The Tankopile Finishing Company does not currently manage
     containers without free liquids.  Therefore, Permit Applica-
     tion Sections D-lb, D-lb(l), D-lb(2), D-lb(3), and D-lb(4)
     are not applicable.
D-2  Tanks [40 CFR 122.25(b) (2) 1
D-2a  Description of Tanks
     Two 7500-gallon vertical tanks with a total holding capacity
     of 15,000 gallons provide storage for wastes generated from
     the degreasing,  painting,  and metal finishing operations.
     The two storage tanks, designated as ST-101 and  ST-102,
     contain spent hydrochloric acid (pickle liquor)  and 1,1,1-
     trichloroethane solvent,  respectively (Figure 20).  The
     pickle liquor waste has a specific gravity of 1.0507,  and
     the 1,1,1-trichloroethane solvent waste has a specific
     gravity of 1.299.   Both tanks have been fabricated and
     stamped in accordance with ASME Code Section VIII, 1971.
     Table 8 gives the individual tank dimensions and capacities.
                                142

-------
                                                            LEGEND
n   n
     8J
   FROM
PROCESSING,
                                                            1  - NOZZLE FOR LEVEL TRANSMITTER
                                                            2  - PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE
                                                            3  - SPARE
                                                            4  - INLET
                                                            5  - MANHOLE
                                                            6  - OUTLET
                                                            7  - LIQUID LEVEL TRANSMITTER
                                                            8  - WASTE FEED CUTOFF VALVE
                                                        ST-102
UK. jji«U|-—•-•
AREA    |   I
                                                                                           FROM
                                                                                        PROCESSING
                                                                                           AREA
                       Figure  20.   Waste storage  tanks.
                                                                      a » a
                                                                        CD d
                                                                        < rt
                                                                        H-ID
                                                                        la -
                                                                           zro
                                                                           O at
                                                                           •  x.
                                                                           • • GO
                                                                             KJ
                                                                           O

-------
                                                        Date: 2/26/82
                                                        Revision  No.:  0
                                                        D
                             TABLE 8

             PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF STORAGE TANKS
          Item
                                            Tank Identification No.
ST-101
ST-102
Capacity,  gal

Shell thickness,  in.  (design)
Shell thickness,  in.  (present)

Dimensions,  in.

     Straight  side
     Diameter
 7500

0.703
0.699
200.4
118.1
 7500

0.703
0.700
200.4
118.1
                               144

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:   0
                                                  D

     The shells of Tanks ST-101 and ST-102 are constructed of
     standard A285 Grade B carbon steel (0.22% carbon) with a
     tensile strength of 50,000 to 70,000 psi.

     Each tank is structurally supported in eight equally spaced
     locations on the concrete slab.  The supports are raised 6
     in., and each is secured to the slab by four No. 4 rods
     with three No. 3 ties.  The tanks are secured to supports
     with 4-3/4-in. Type AB-3 anchor bolts.  Tanks ST-101 and
     ST-102 are both equipped with an 18-in. manhole, a conser-
     vation vent, a liquid level transmitter, an inlet and
    •outlet, and spare nozzles.  The pad is designed for loads
     of 250 lb/in2.
D-2b  Tank Corrosion and Erosion
     Storage tanks ST-101 and ST-102 are glass-lined (3/32-inch
     or 2 mm) for chemical and corrosion resistance.  Glass-lined
     tanks have been shown to be very resistant to a variety of
     chemicals in a wide range of concentrations, including
     hydrochloric acid.  Furthermore, water absorption is minimal,
     and organic liquids such as 1,1,1-trichloroethane produce
     no measurable chemical effect on the glass lining.  According
     to manufacturer specifications,, glass linings exposed to
     boiling hydrochloric acid solutions (20 percent) exhibit
     low corrosion rates of 0.01626 and 0.02108 tnm/yr.  At the
     range of rates, the expected lifetime for a -0.91 mm thick
     lining would be 43 to 56 years.  Since Tankopile's tanks
                                145

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:   0
                                                  D
     are lined with 2 mm of glass, their expected lifetime is
     roughly 90 - 120 years.

     Weld seams on tanks ST-101 and ST-102 were examined by
     radiography and liquid penetrant.  The radiogr'aphic inspec-
     tion detected no discontinuities in the weld seams, such  as
     porosity, tungsten inclusions, incomplete penetration, slag
     inclusions, lack of fusion, cracks, icicles, burnthrough,
     or undercut, that were judged unacceptable to the code.
     The liquid penetrant also failed to detect any discontinui-
     ties in the weld seams.  The glass linings of the tanks
     were spark-tested at 6000 volts for discontinuities, and
     none were found.
D-2c  Tank Management Practices
     A simplified process flow diagram is shown in Figure 21.
     Spent 1,1,1-trichloroethane solvent wastes and spent hydro-
     chloric acid wastes generated from the degreasing and metal
     finishing operations are pumped directly to ST 102 and
     ST101,  respectively, storage tanks through separate piping
     systems (3-inch lines).  When the tanks are filled to near
     capacity, the spent hydrochloric acid is pumped to a tanker
     (by use of a positive displacement pump) and transported  to
     a local publicly owned treatment works (POTW) for treatment.
     The 1,1,1-trichloroethane solvent is pumped to a tanker in
     a similar manner,  and the waste is transported to a reclama-
     tion facility.
                                146

-------
                                            ATMOSPHERE
PROCESSING
   AREA
                           LIQUID LEVEL
                           TRANSMITTER
                 HYDROCHLORIC ACID
                   UASTE  STREAM
                     70 gal/day
                           LIQUID LEVEL
                           TRANSMITTER
                1.1.1  - TRICHLOROETHANE
                    UASTE STREAM
HC1 VAPOR
(UNKNOWN RATE)

     CONSERVATION
         VENT
    7.000 gal/shipment
                                            ATMOSPHERE
                      60 gal/day
TRICHLOROETHANE VAPOR
   (UNKNOWN RATE)

  	CONSERVATION
           VENT
    7,000 gal/shipment
  TRUCKED
    TO
   POTU
TRUCKED TO
RECLAMATION
  FACILITY
                       Figure  21.  Process flow diagram.
                                                     o 50 o
                                                       fD Di
                                                       < ft
                                                       H-ro
                                                       u ••
                                                       H-
                                                       o
                                                       3 ro
                                                       •Z. to
                                                       O en
                                                                                                           oo
                                                                                                           to

-------
                                             Date:   2/26/82
                                             Revision  No.:   0
                                             D
A piping and instrumentation diagram showing the  storage
tanks, instrumentation, and waste  feed cutoff valves is
presented in Figure 22.   Inlet valves are manually operated
to control waste flow and prevent  overfilling.

The waste storage tanks are situated on a 44-ft by 22-ft
concrete pad.  The pad is 1 ft thick and reinforced with
No. 5 rods at the top and bottom spaced 12 in. apart.

The pressure safety valves installed on the storage tanks
are Teflon-coated and spring-set to relieve pressures  at ±6
in. H20 (0.22 psig).  The required capacity of the vents is
7500 scf/h and they are pressure set at 110 percent over-
pressure.  Exit from the vents is connected directly to the
atmosphere, which provides a constant back pressure.   Under
normal conditions the vents operate at 55°F, although  their
range is 0°F to 110°F.

The Taylor Model 3423 TD liquid-level transmitter is a
remote seal instrument that measures liquid levels from 0
to 200 in.  H20.   The pressure differential in a closed tank
actuates the transmitter and converts the differential
pressure measurement into an electrical signal (level
indicator)  by a resistance-strain gage circuit.  The trans-
mitter is powered by 24V d.c.  and has an output range  of 4
to 20 raA d.c.   Calibration accuracy of the instrument  is ±
0.5 percent of span (0.25 percent ultimate capability).
The measuring element operates at ambient temperatures of •
                           148

-------
                                                        10 ATMOSPHERE
vo
               PICKLING TANKS
                 PROCESS AREA
               VAPOR OEGRLASERS
                                   PUMP
                                   PUMP
                                                               PRESSURE SAFE1V VALVE
 UAS1E HYDROCHLORIC
  ACID STORAGE TANK
       51-101
                                                                            -CXI	-
                                                        10 ATMOSPHERE
                                                               PRESSURE SAfETV VALVE
HASTE  1RICHLOROETHANE
    STORAGE TANK
       ST-IO*
                                                                            r-CXl	*•
TRUCKED TO
   POIM
TRUCKED TO
RECLAMATION
 FACILITY
                                                                                              LEGEND

                                                                                     LI  • Level Indicator
                                                                                     LAW • Level Indicator Alara
          Figure 22.   Piping  and  instrumentation diagram for hazardous  waste storage  in  tanks.
                                                                                   < ft
                                                                                   H-ID
                                                                                   in -•
                                                                                   H-
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   3 10
                                                                                      \
                                                                                   •Z, to
                                                                                   O a\
                                                                                   •  ^
                                                                                   •• GO
                                                                                      K>
                                                                                   O

-------
                                                  Date:   2/26/82
                                                  Revision  No.:   0
                                                  D
     -40°? to 300°F, whereas the transmitter housing  can  with-
     stand temperatures of -40°F to 185°F.  The explosion-proof
     transmitter housing is made of aluminum with a low copper
     content and is mounted directly to the tank.

     As discussed in Section F-2a(2), the tank level  indicators
     are inspected daily.  Since the tanks are slowly filled two
     to three times per year, the daily inspection should allow
     ample time to prepare for emptying the tanks.  As a  back-up
     precaution, level indicator alarms (LAH) have been added to
     each tank to warn of high fill levels.  In such  an unlikely
     event, the tank inlet valves can be manually closed  to
     prevent the tanks from overfilling.

D-3  Waste Piles
     The waste pile area presently located in the northeastern
     section of the facility, approximately 500 ft from the
     warehouse building,  was installed in May 1978.    This pile
     will be moved by June 1982 to a new location on  the  site
     which will meet the same design specifications and oper-
     ating procedures as the existing waste pile.
     Wastes generated by the processing operations at Tankopile
     Finishing Company and destined for the waste pile area
     consist of metal hydroxide sludge,  which is classed  as a
     toxic hazardous waste because of its hexavalent chromium
     and lead content.   The waste pile contains free  liquids;
     consequently,  specific information provided in this  section
                                150

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  D
     follows the format required for waste piles with free
     liquids.

     Several control systems and structural features of the
     waste pile area are discussed throughout this section;
     therefore, reference to section and plan views of the waste
     pile area (Figures 23 and 24) will greatly assist the
     reader.  Some of the control systems and structures
     addressed are control of wind dispersal; control of run-on;
     collection of leachate and run-off; foundation; waste pile
     base; containment system design; vegetation and rodent
     control;  and equipment and procedures for waste pile move-
     ment.
0-3a  Piles With Free Liquids
D-3a(l)  Control of Wind Dispersal
     Two design factors were addressed to control wind dispersal
     of the hazardous waste pile.  First, the slope of the pile
     was reduced to 7:1, which creates a relatively flat pile
     with less resistance to air flow.  Second, the banks of the
     containment area, which were built to protect the liner and
     foundation, further reduce pile exposure to wind currents,
     because they rise one foot above ground level.  As a result
     of both of these factors, only about 1H ft of the waste
     pile is exposed to air flow.  Furthermore, as a result of
     regular inspections, the waste pile will be moistened by a
     water truck before the waste pile becomes dry and fugitive
     emissions develop.
                                151

-------
Ln
                                                                                                                          PITCH
                                                                                                                    MM
                                                                                                               LHd MUNIIO

                                                                                                            / STANDARD 4' DIA.

                                                                                                            /   PRBCAiT MM.  WITH

                                                                                                            I   tCtB-NTRIC  COMB  TOP
              TO SUMP BQUIPPSO
              MITM

              PUMP
             4' THICK
             BENTONHC
             •' WIWi CRUSHED STOHS
             CUTOFF
                                                                                                                          OfiCP

                                                                                                                        COLL6CTIOM
                                                                                                                        SUMP
                                                                                      CLAY
                                                                        L« ACM ATM  COLLBC-TIOM
                                                                        PIPING,
   SUBOHAIM

LOvvSH  ^.

    -IABLB
                                                                                                                     COKICRCfB

                                                                                                                    TICK CONNECTION
                                                                                                                      »t»PonftTEO PIPE
                                                                                                                  COLLECTION SUMP
                                                                                  CONTAINMENT  SYSTEM  SECTION
                Figure 23.   Containment system section.

-------
                                                ID MO1.MN6
                       OlILH
             . TO MI^IN  TO Mr. t M
Figure 24.   Conta iiimeiit system plan.
                                                              CONTAINMENT  SYSTEM  PLAN
A-B  OBMIQIM  A«aoc:iATH»
AHCHITMCT*  AMD BIMUIMBBUB
      4>B>eM KO.. CIMCIMMATI. O»«|O
                                            o jo o
                                              n> o>
                                              < rt
                                              H- ID
                                              0) ••
                                              H-
                                              O to
                                              3 \
                                                 Kl
                                              Z 01
                                              O \
                                              •  CD

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:   0
                                                   D
D-3a(2)  Control of Run-on
     The run-on diversion system consists of a ditch  (diversion
     canal) surrounding the waste pile containment system.  The
     ditch is 10 ft wide and has 4:1 sloped banks.  The banks of
     the diversion canal are lined with several inches of elay
     soil with a permeability of 10~* on/s (measured using a
     Double Ring Infiltrometer) to reduce infiltration (which
     could possibly reach the leachate and ground water collec-
     tion systems).  In addition to the moderate slope of the
     diversion canal banks,  riprap was applied to the banks to
     reduce erosion.  The diversion canal is sloped away from
     the waste pile area and drains by gravity directly to the
     Queen River.
D-3a(3)  Collection of Leachate and Runoff
     The leachate and runoff collection system is composed of a
     network of 6-in.-diameter,  vitrified clay, perforated pipe
     connected together and then inserted through the liner and
     foundation to a sump area.   Pipe leaving the foundation to
     the sump area is  6-in.-diameter, vitrified clay, nonper-
     forated pipe that allows conveyance of runoff to the sump
     area without contaminating the soil.and ground water.   The
     piping network consists of three parallel sections of pipe
     at the bottom of  the pea gravel, perpendicularly connected
     at one end by another section of pipe.   Leachate and runoff
     collected in the  perpendicular pipe is  gravity-fed to an
     adjoining pipe and carried through the  liner and foundation
                                154

-------
                                                  Date:   2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:   0
                                                  D
     to a sump area where it is automatically pumped to a 35,000-
     gallon holding tank.  Waste in the holding tank will be
     analyzed for lead and hexavalent chromium and subsequently
     discharged to the sewer system if found not to be a  hazard-
     ous.  If the waste is hazardous, it will be trucked  to
     Waste Treatment, Inc. located in Anytown, Rhode Island.
0-3a(4)  Foundation
     The foundation supporting the synthetic liner,  base, runoff
     collection and removal system, and the waste pile is con-
     structed of a Bentonite-treated soil 4 in. thick.  The
     floor of the foundation covers 1600 ft2 (40 feet square)
     and the walls are sloped 3:1, which results in an upper
     foundation opening of 4096 ft2 (64 feet square).  The
     manufacturer of the Bentonite material used for this waste
     pile projects that it will last for a period of 20 years.
D-3a(5)  Waste Pile Base
     The base material supporting the waste pile consists of 2S
     ft of coarse sand on top of 1H ft of pea gravel.  The base
     materials serve several functions.  First, the sand  and
     gravel combination permits rapid percolation of runoff
     through the base to a holding tank via the runoff collec-
     tion and removal system.  This prevents precipitation and
     free liquids from overflowing the banks of the containment
     system.   Secondly,  the base material reduces both the
     concentration and contact time between contaminated  runoff
     and the chlorinated polyethylene (CPE) liner,  which  in turn
                                155 '

-------
                                                  Date:   2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:   0
                                                  D
     increases the longevity of the liner.   Finally,  the  base
     permits movement of mechanical equipment  in  the  waste pile
     area without damage%to the liner and prevents exposure of
     the liner to direct sunlight which can  dry the liner and
     significantly reduce its life.  After periodic removal of
     the waste pile to a disposal site, any  lost  sand will be
     replaced to the original design depth.  The  waste pile base
     is designed for loads up to 15 lb/in2.
D-3a(5)(a)  Containment System Design
     Adjoined to the foundation with adhesive  and mechanical
     fasteners is a chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), oil-resistant,
     reinforced liner (primary liner) 45 mil in thickness.  The
     CPE liner, which has a permeability of  less  than 10"12 on,
     was specifically recommended for the metal hydroxide  sludge
     by the manufacturer because they are compatible.  The
     existing liner has a project life of 10 years, which  expires
     in Hay, 1998.   The new liner,  scheduled to be put under the
     waste pile when it is moved in June,  1982, is also projected
     to last 20 years,  until June,  2002.  Other pertinent  character-
     istics of the CPE liner are provided in Table 9.
D-3a(5)(b)  Leachate Detection,  Collection,  and Removal System
     Directly underneath the foundation is a layer of sand and
     pea gravel,  under which is a network of 6-in.-diameter,
     vitrified clay,  perforated pipes.   Under the pipes is  a
     6-in.-thick layer of bentonite clay.   This backup leachate
     collection system is designed to operate in the event  of
                                156

-------
                                                            Date:   2/26/82
                                                            Revision:   0
                                                            D
                                   TABLE 9

                   PROPERTIES OF CHLORINATED POLYETHYLENE
                          (CPE)  OIL-RESISTANT LINER
         Property
     Minimum
  nanufacturing
  specifications
  Test method
 1.  Fabric (polyester)

 2.  Laminate thickness


 3.  Cold bend (36 mil)
 4.  Tensile strength, Ib
      Grab method

 5.  Tear strength, Ib
      Tongue tear method

 6.  Puncture resistance, Ibs.
 7.  Hydrostatic resistance

 3.  Dimensional stability
      2 h at 150°F
      1 h at 212°F

 9.  Ozone resistance
10.  Seam strength,  Ib
  Denier, 2*i tpl

  t 10% of specified
   thickness

  -25°F
  No cracks

  200
  80


  NAa


  2SO



< t 2%

No effect




170
 ASTM 0-751
 ASTM 0-2136 •
 1/8 In.  mandrel

 ASTM D-751
 ASTM D-751
 FTM-101B
 2031

 ASTM 0-751
 ASTM D-
 1204-54

 ASTM 0-1149
 3 ppm at 30%
 strain at 104°F
  for 72 h

ASTM 0-751
 NA - not available.
                                     157

-------
                                                  Date:   2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:   0
                                                  D
     liner failure.  If a leak develops in the containment
     system, the leachate will percolate rapidly through  the
     sand and gravel to the leachate collection system and
     provide an early warning of liner failure.  The piping
     network of the leachate collection system consists of seven
     60-ft parallel sections of pipe spaced approximately 10  ft
     apart and an additional perpendicular pipe that connects
     all the pipes.  The perpendicular pipe drains any collected
     leachate to a leachate-monitoring manhole.  The perpen-
     dicular pipe, which extends from the side of the sand and
     pea gravel to the manhole, is glazed and has lipped  connec-
     tions secured with caulk.  If the pipe were not impervious
     groundwater could penetrate the system and indicate  false
     negative leachate quantities.  The 4-ft-diameter manhole is
     equipped with a 2-ft-deep collection sump and ladder for
     manual measurement of leachate collection.  The sump area
     has a capacity of 188 gallons.  If leachate is collected
     and removal is desired, a portable sump pump is used to
     evacuate the manhole to 55-gallon drums for analyses, and
     if necessary, to storage and disposal.
D-3a(6)  Ground Water Table Control
     As described under separate cover in the "Hydrogeologic
     Evaluation Report",  the ground water table in the Anytown,
     Rhode Island area is typically 10 ft below ground surface.
     Therefore,  Tankopile Finishing Company constructed the
     following ground water table control system in an effort to
                                158

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:   0
                                                  D
     prevent the ground water table from rising to the leachate
     collection system (giving false positive leachate quanti-
     ties).  A network of 6-in.-diameter, vitrified clay, per-
     forated pipes (subdrains) were installed at a depth of 10*s
     ft within 3-ft-wide cutoff trenches filled with crushed
     stone.  The cutoff trenches extend vertically from a foot
     below ground surface to a depth of 11 ft.  The network
     consists of five subdrain sections, four forming a square
     (80 ft to a side) around the containment area and another
     connecting two of the sides.  Ail of the subdrains drain
     together, by gravity, to a ground water-monitoring manhole
     and sump.  Ground water in the sump is automatically pumped
     to the outlet of the run-on diversion canal for discharge
     into the Queen River.  Ground water 'discharged from the
     manhole is metered for informational purposes.
D-3a(7)  Vegetation and Rodent Control
     Prior to the construction of the waste pile containment
     system in May 1978, isopropyl N-phenylcarbamate (herbicide)
     was applied to the immediate area.  If vegetation is
     observed during the life of the waste pile, weeds will be
     removed by hand or another herbicide treatment will be
     applied.
     In an effort to control rodents in the area, chloralose
     (rodenticide) was applied in the vicinity of the waste pile
     area.
                                159

-------
                                                  Date:   2/26/82
                                                  Revision  No.:   0
                                                   D
D-3a(8)  Equipment and Procedures for Waste Pile Movement
     The waste pile is moved by using a front-end loader  and  a
     dump truck.  The dump truck is equipped with sides and a
     cover to ensure that the load will not overflow or be
     exposed to wind or precipitation during loading, unloading,
     and transport. One front-end loader is used on the pile  to
     ensure that the liner is not punctured by the dump truck.
D-3b  Waste Piles without Free Liquids
     Presently, the Tankopile Finishing Company does not  manage
     a waste pile without free liquids, therefore, Sections
     D-3b, D-3b(l), D-3b(2), D-3b(3), and D-3b(4) are not appli-
     cable.

D-4  Surface Impoundments
     Presently, the Tankopile Finishing Company does not  manage
     a surface impoundment, therefore, Section D-4 is not appli-
     cable.

D-5  Incinerators
     Presently, the Tankopile Finishing Company does not  manage
     an incinerator,  therefore,  Section D-5 is not applicable.
                                160

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  E
                            SECTION E

                 GROUND WATER MONITORING SYSTEMS


     The requirements for ground water monitoring are not applic-

able to a storage facility such as Tankopile Finishing Company,

which stores containers and tanks and operates a waste pile (not

intended for disposal).
                                161

-------
                                                  Date:   2/26/82
                                                  Revision  No.: 0
                                                  F
                            SECTION F
                  PROCEDURES TO PREVENT HAZARDS

     The information provided in this section is submitted in
accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR Part 122.25(a)(4),
(5),(6),(8), and (9).  Other regulations addressed to complete
this section include 40 CFR §264.14, §264.15, §264.17, §264.174,
§264.194,  and §264.254.
     Tankopile Finishing Company will address the following
subject areas (referenced above):  general security provisions;
inspection schedule; request for a waiver of preparedness and
prevention requirements; spill prevention, containment,  and
countermeasures plan; and prevention of accidental ignition or
reaction of ignitible,  reactive, or incompatible wastes.
F-l  Security
F-la  Security Procedures and Equipment
     In addition to the general security provisions of fencing,
     gates,  and guards  discussed below,  several other features
     contribute to the  safety and security of the facility.
     Ample lighting is  provided throughout the site,  and guards
     and operators are  equipped with hand-held,  two-way radios
     to report upset conditions immediately.   In addition to the
     two-way portable radios carried by guards and operators,  a
                                162

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  F
     base station for the public address system is located in
     the plant manager's office.  An internal telephone system
     (with phones in most plant areas) is provided.  The same
     telephone system is used for communications outside the
     plant.

     Employees are required to show identification cards when
     reporting for work, and visitors and contractors entering
     the plant must sign a log sheet (Figure 25) and obtain
     visitor passes.
F-la(l)  24-hour Surveillance System
     Security at Tankopile Finishing Company is maintained by a
     staff of trained security guards, who primarily monitor
     entry and exit from the active portion of the facility and
     provide security measures within the plant premises.
     The main entrance gate at the east end of the facility is
     operated by remote control from the guard house, which is
     occupied by two armed guards 24 hours a day,  7 days a week,
     except during plant shutdowns for holidays at which time
     the gates remain locked.  Guards normally work an 8-hour
     shift with a crew of six guards per day.  During each
     shift, one of the guards makes a walkthrough of the facil-
     ity at scheduled intervals while the other remains in the
     guard house.
?-la(2)  Barrier and Means to Control Entry
                                163

-------
                                       TANKOPILE FINISHING COMPANY
                                          ANYTOWN, RHODE ISLAND
                                   Visitor/Contractor Entry Log Sheet
            Time
Date
Iff
Out
Name
Affiliation
Contact
Purpose of
  visit
                                                                                                              50 O
                                                                                                              n at
                                                                                                              < rt
                                                                                                              H n
                                                                                                              u\ ••
                                                                                                              H-
                                                                                                              O
                                                                                                              3 ro
                                                                                                              O o>
                                         Figure 25.  Log sheet.
                                                                                                      CD
                                                                                                      ro

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  P
F-la(2)(a)  Barrier
     Except for two company parking lots, the entire facility  is
     enclosed within a 7-ft-high, chain-link fence topped by
     three strands of barbed wire.  The fence has two gates; one
     located at the southwest end of the facility, which is
     locked at all times, and the other at the east end of the
     facility, which serves as the main entrance to the facil-
     ity.  In addition, a 12-ft-high, chain-link fence with two
     lockable gates was constructed around the container storage
     area to restrict unauthorized entry and to prevent drums
     from being washed downstream in the event of a minor flood.
F-la(2)(b)  Means to Control Entry
     As discussed in Section F-la(l), entry to the facility is
     controlled by two armed guards stationed at the main
     entrance gate.  Employees are required to show identi-
     fication cards when reporting for work, and visitors and
     contractors entering the plant must sign a log sheet and
     obtain visitor passes.
F-la(3)  Warning Signs
     Signs which are legible from a distance of 25 feet are
     posted at all fence gates and several other fence locations
     around the active portion of the facility; these signs are
     visible from all angles of  approach, and bear the legend
     "Danger - Unauthorized Personnel Keep Out."  Also, "No
     Smoking" signs which are legible for a distance of 25  feet
     have been placed in the container storage area.
                                165

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  F
F-lb  Waiver
     The Tankopile Finishing Company does not request a waiver
     of the requirements stated in Part 264.14(a)(l) and (2)
     regarding injury to intruder and violation by intruder.

F-2  Inspection Schedule
F-2a  General Inspection Requirements
     The Tankopile Finishing Company conducts regular inspec-
     tions of the facility for equipment malfunctions, struc-
     tural deterioration, operator errors, and discharges that
     could cause or lead to the release of hazardous waste con-
     stituents and adversely affect the environment or threaten
     human health.
F-2a(l)  Types of Problems
     Table 10 presents the schedule for inspecting monitoring
     equipment, safety and emergency equipment, security devices,
     operating and structural equipment, the container storage
     area, the tank storage area,  tanks (internally and externally),
   •  and the waste pile area.  The items listed in the table are
     considered important because of their role in preventing,
     detecting, or responding to environmental or human health
     hazards.  Provided with each item is a list of problems
     normally encountered.
F-2a(2)  Frequency of Inspection
                                •
     Also provided in Table 10 is a recommended frequency of
     inspection for each item.
                                166

-------
                                                      TABLE  10.  INSPECTION SCHEDULE
     Area/aqulpMOl
                       Specific llw
                                                                                                          lypot of prableat
                                                                                                                                                  frequency
                                                                                                                                                at Impact Ion
Hunllorlng equipment
lately and emergency
 equipment
liquid level  trantalltert (lenkt)
Cantervatlan  vent*  (lenkt)
leachato delectlon. collection, and ituoval  tytleei
 (•atle pita)

Ground Meier  table  caalral tytlu (tittle pile)


•unofl collection and reaeval tytle* (uatle  pile)


Ground velar  tablo  Meter Mlar (located In imp)
Standard IndutlrUI  abtorbant* (Serb-All. Varalcultle. ale  )
Sindbaai
Siml
Aaiarbani baaa
ttiarfeant p*di
Slr*»
Suteartlbla pump
flailbla iMMt ullli  quick couplt fllllnai
&S-gallau druBt (ilnl.  iltlnliit ilial)
{••rgiocy ilmMr and ayaiiaili
ftca thlaldt and ailra pralaclUa ayiBlatttt
Oltpaiabla ratplralari
ChaaUal cartridge ratplralart nllh canrldgai far arganlc
 wtpori and acid gaiai.  kail- and full-face lypat
Cnail-wiunlad gat aiaik cannltlari

ielf-canlalnad breallilng apparalut (SCBA)
                         Parlibla tuap
                         lira blanketi
                         lira aillngulinari

                         fire elera tytlea
                         lalephane tytlen
                         Public addrett (PA) lytlea
                         Ctntrtlort
                         feMrgency llgbllng lytlea
                         IIril eld eijulpMnl and tuppllat
                         &l«u> cleener
                         fraleclUa clalblng (iBferaealila lull body cmeralU. glavtt.
                          •nd fael caverlnyi)
                         Oecanlaailiiallaa ficlllly (ihauert. dlrly roam, clean raoa)
IrenMlllar tlunal.  elaclrlcal circuitry, poxar
Spring adjutleunl er clicking
CroundtMter collected,  groundwater conleainaied.
 tupp puap failure,  ealtrntl evidence of Mlfuncilon

level of grotfutuater, •ilernal evidence of mlfuncllon.
 tuip puap failure

iroundwaier collected, grounduaier  conlaaiinaled.
 tuff puap failure, enternil  evidence  of  •>« I function

Clagglng, •alfuncllon of digital dltplay. rolor
 clicking, wearing of giari

Out of Hock
lora er worn
Out of ttock

Out of Hock
Out of ilock
    r. clogging
Crack* or Mlal. fitting! illck
Cor rot I on. ttructural daaaga
Water preuure. leaking, drainage
Ifaken or dlrly equipment
Out of iteck
Spent chaailcal ediorbanl. taalt

Cannlitert bacoae ailiautlad

Air quantity In reterve. air delivery tytlea.  oaltlure
  In tank (cold Mather)
Power, clogging
Olipamlng
Haedi reckarglng

•oner failure
Potter failure
•aver failure, ipeakart
fuel tupply. (park plugi, ell
•altary failure, light*
lira* out of tlock or Inoperallva
Malar tupply. fuel tupply
Hole*, normal near and tear

Utter prattura. leaking, drainage, upkeep
0« I ly
Dally
Daily
                                                                                                                                               Dally


                                                                                                                                               0 CO
                                                                                                                                                      to
                                                                                                                                                   o

-------
        TABLE  10(continued)
            •raa/aojulpMiil
                                                       Specific  Urn
                                                                                                                 lypet of problm
   frequency
 ol tntpacllun
        Security davlcai         facility fane*
                                tail gat* (aaln antranca)
                                Wail gala and lock

                                Container ilorigt araa fanca
                                Cantalnar ttoraga arai gala and  lock

                                (••ola control to aatl gala
                                1«o-»iy radlot

        Operating and ilruclural  Su>p puipt (automatic)
         aqulpawnt               Ollai
                                laiat or loimdillont
                                 Stop puep (Mnual)
00
        Container ttoraga araa
Suap araai

lank itructural tupportt

rlplng to holding lankt

Holding lanki
Storagi araal
Container placeaent and Itack Ing
Sealing of  conlalnart
labeling of conlalnart
Container!
Segregation of Incompatible wattat
Fallal.
fence, gala and lock

Bate er foundation
Olket
Suap area
Suep puapt  (automatic)
Oebrlt end  rafuta

ftaapt
Warning tlgnt
Corral Ion. daajag* to chain-link  fanca or barbad «lra
Corral Ion. daaaga to chain-link  fanca or barbad «lra
Corroilon. daoiaga la chain-link  fanca or barbad ulra.
 sticking or corroding lock
Corroilon. da*ago lo chain-link  fanca or barbad xlra
Corroilon, daoiagt to chain-link  fanca or barbad ulra,
 (ticking or corroding lock
Irantalttar or racaUar,  ttlcklng of gata
  Iraniailttar or racalvar

Salting adjuttaanl.  ponar. clogging
Cracki. datarlorallon
froilen; um«an tttllaMnt,  crackt and  ipalllng  In
 concrala padi. bata rlngt and plart. datarlorallon of
 Hilar Mot batman  link  bottooi  and  foundation, vat
 apota
Povar. clogging
Irailon. unanan lattlaaant.  crock! and  ipalllng  In
 cone rat a
Iroilon. unavan lattlaaant.  cracki and  ipalllng  In
 concratt. «at ipoti
Concnto datarlarallon and cracking, corrotlon of plpa
 lupporti
ton of aalal thlcknan.  laaki.  carrot Ion or
 datarlorallon
Corroilon. dlicolerallon. crackt. bucklai.  and bulgaa
Itlll. ipllll                   •
Alila tptca. halght  of Itacki
Opan lldi
lopropar Idantlf (cation,  data Billing
Corroilon. laakaga.  tlruclural oafacti
Sloraga ol Inco^atlbla nattat In t»<  araa
Oaaagad 
-------
TABLE  10 (continued)
     Araa/ai|ulpMnl
                                               ipOClflC llaO)
                                                                                                          lypet ol probleaii
                                                                                                                                                  frequency
                                                                                                                                                ol impact ton
lank tleraua  area Mid
 ancillary aqulpejanl
lank (eilarnally)
lank (Internally!
Watte |>l la aita
OUt
Bati or foundation
Su«# pup (Miwal)
Smp area
Warnlny tlgn
F>lpai

Valvat

fIlllnyi

Onarflll control value  (Mnual) and level IndUalor
ladder
foundallon/ttruclural  tupperlt
•Ipa cannacllont
Protective coaling
lank lilt 11
lank root

lank botlaai
Anchor belli
Naulai

lank root

Inlarnal tupporlt
lank thaiI
lank Halloa

Mala Jalnlt
Mania connacllon Jo I nit
Clatt lining
llvalt
Plpacall tupparl

lun-an Jlmrtlan dllcn
[nlranca road toil guard ralU

lunoll dl«trtlon canal and drain
Mind dltpartal conlrol lyilaa

foundation
lynlhtllc llnar

lata
I Inir taaait
Jolnlt
Crackt. dalorloratlon                                   Waakly
Crackt. tpalllny,  unavan talllaaanl, aretlun. »cl tpolt  Maakly
•owar. clogging                                         Waakly
Crack I. ipalllng.  unavan aalllaMnl. arotlon. wal tpolt  Uaakly
Oaaagad                                                 Weakly
latt ol atalal Ihlcknatt. laakt. cor rot Ion or             Waakly
 dalarleratlon
Coti ol Mlal Ihlcknatt. liakt. corrotlon or             Uaakly
 dalarlorallon
lott ol Mlal IbUknatt. laakt, corratlon or             Wiakly
 dalarlorallon
loti ol Mlal Ihlcknatt. laakt. corrotlon or             Dally
 dalarlorallon. (ticking, daaagad Handle

Oaoagod. ilruciural liability                            Wictly
Crackt. ipalllng unavan talllaMnl. arotlon. ual apolt   Weakly
lilarnal carrot Ion. cracki.  dlttorllon                   WaaUy
lull tpalt. bllttart. Ilia Illllng                       Waakly
Corral Ian. deceleration, cracki. bucklat,  oulgat        Waakly
Hallunctlan ol taalt. blockaga of Mater dralni  on root.  Waakly
 corrotloo
Carretlon, dltcalorallon. cracki, bucklat.  bulgat        Waakly
Oltlarlloo. carrot Ion                                   Waakly
Crackt. corroiIon                                       kaakly

Hallunclloa of roof't tooli. corratlon,  latt ol Mlal     yaarly
 Ihlcknatt
OaKrlorallon. diprattlant                              yearly
Corrotlon al «apar tpaco, and  liquid  lavol  Una.          "
 cracking, buloat. nolat. Ion of Mlal.  Ihlcknatt.      Ktl'l
 taut
Corrotlon pill, tprung taut.  rl*tlt. dapratilant.       yaarly
 bolloa Ihlcknatt. una«annatt  of botloa,
Cracking                                                »«»rl>'
Cracking                                                yearly
Cracking. bubHlat                                       /«'[/
llghtnalt. corroilon                                    yeaily
Oaprattlont                                             >aarly

Obtlrucllont la I Ian. bank aratlon,  loota riprap         Waakly
tutt ofgraval. fuglllti ••litlent, corrotlon  and        Uaakly
 llghlnatt al guard ralll
Obtlruclloni, drain cloggad                             Waakly
frequency of xalar appllcillon,  drynett  end tlopa of     Dally
 pile
Crackt or braakt                                        »l  Intlallallon
lean, holet. teperallan of layart.  ihln tpali. crackt.  Al  Intlallallaa
 ihrlnkaga. nardnett. e«caitl«e  paraaablllly.  blltlart
(ration, eiputad era* to liner,  daplh                   Waakly
laar.  llgMnatt al tea*                                 »«  Intlallallen
llgblnatl of connacllon                                 »«  Intlallallon
                                                                                                                                                                         I »D
                                                                                                                                                                          (D Ol
                                                                                                                                                                          < rt
                                                                                                                                                                          H-ro
                                                                                                                                                                          u ..
                                                                                                                                                                             to
                                                                                                                                                                             CO
                                                                                                                                                                             M

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  F
F-2b  Specific Process Inspection Requirements
F-2b(l)  Container Inspection
     Inspections of the container storage area will be conducted
     per the inspection schedule provided in Table 10.  Results
     of each inspection will be recorded on inspection log
     sheets entitled,  "Operating and Structural Equipment Inspec-
     tion Log Sheet,"  "Security Devices Inspection Log Sheet,"
     and "Container Storage Area Inspection Log Sheet" (Supplement
     1-B).   Information requested on the log sheets,  similar to
     that of log sheets for tanks,  waste piles, etc.,  includes
     the inspector's name and title,  date and time of inspection,
     item of inspection,  typical problems encountered, status of
     the item,  observations, and the date and nature of repairs
     and remedial action.  Typical  problems encountered with
     each item of inspection,  included in the inspection schedule,
     are provided on the log sheet  to serve as a reminder to the
     inspector and to  ensure a complete inspection.   The inspector
     is required to check the status of each item and indicate
     whether its condition is acceptable or unacceptable.
     Regardless of the status,  observations are made as to the
     number of containers,  aisle space,  height of container
     stacking,  inventory quantities,  storage tank levels, observa-
     tion of runoff in waste pile area,  and more.  If the status
     of a particular item is unacceptable,  appropriate and
     complete information is recorded,  including date and nature
     of repairs and remedial action.
                                170

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  F
F-2b(2)  Tank Inspection
     Tank inspections will be conducted per the inspection
     schedule provided in Table 10.  Results of each inspection
     will be recorded on inspection log sheets entitled, "Moni-
     toring Equipment Inspection Log Sheet," "Operating and
     Structural Equipment Inspection Log Sheet," "Tank Storage
     Area and Ancillary Equipment Inspection Log Sheet," "External
     Tank Inspection Log Sheet," and "Internal Tank Inspection
     Log Sheet" (Appendix).  Upon completion of the inspec-
     tion log sheets, they will be inserted in the inspection
     log three-ring binder previously discussed in Section
     F-2JD(1).
F-2b(3)  Waste Pile Inspection
     During the installation of the waste pile liner system,
     strict quality assurance of the workmanship was part of
     standard installation procedure.  The liner was inspected
     for uniformity, damage and imperfections.  The waste pile
     inspections will be conducted per the inspection schedule
     provided in Table 10.  Results of each inspection will be
     recorded on inspection log sheets entitled, "Monitoring
     Equipment Inspection Log Sheet," "Operating and Structural
     Equipment Inspection Log Sheet," and "Waste Pile Area
     Inspection Log Sheet."  Upon completion of the inspection
     log sheets,  they will be inserted in the inspection log
     three-ring binder previously discussed in Section F-2b(l).
                                171

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  F
F-2c  Remedial Action
     If inspections reveal that non-emergency maintenance is
     needed, they will be completed as soon as possible to
     preclude further damage and reduce the need for emergency
     repairs.  If a hazard is imminent or has .already occurred
     during the course of an inspection or any time between
     inspections, remedial action will be taken immediately.
     Tankopile Finishing Company personnel will notify the
     appropriate authorities per the Contingency Plan (see
     Section G) and initiate remedial actions.  In the event of
     an emergency involving the release of hazardous constituents
     to the environment,  efforts will be directed towards contain-
     ing the hazard, removing it, and subsequently decontaminating
     the affected area.  Refer to the Contingency Plan for
     further details.
F-2d  Inspection Log
     An inspection log is maintained for each calendar year in a
     three-ring binder that is subdivided by sections for each
     area/equipment.  After an inspection, each log sheet is
     filed in the binder according to area/equipment, which
     provides a case history of a particular item.  The inspec-
     tion log notebook is always kept with the inspection sched-
     ule in the Environmental Engineer's office.  As required,
     records of inspections are kept for at least 3 years from
     the date of inspection.   A copy of the inspection log
     sheets may be found in the Appendix.
                                172

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  F
F-3  Waiver of Preparedness and Prevention Requirements
     The applicant does not wish to request a waiver of the
     preparedness and prevention requirements under 40 CFR §264
     Subpart C.  Requirements of this Subpart are primarily
     addressed in Section D, Section F, and Section G of this
     application.
F-3a  Equipment Requirements
     Internal and external communications, emergency equipment,
     and fire control equipment are discussed in Section F and
     Section G.
F-3b  Aisle Space Requirements
     Aisle space requirements are addressed in Sections 0-la(2),
     F-5c, and G.
F-4'  Preventive Procedures, Structures, and Equipment
F-4a  Loading/Unloading Operations
     Loading operations at the facility, other than removal
     operations at the container, tank, and waste pile storage
     areas, take place in the processing area.  Except for tank
     storage wastes, wastes generated in the processing area are
     collected in hoppers and loaded into drums or front-end
     loader for transport to the appropriate storage area.
     During loading operations spills are unlikely; however, in
     the event of an accident the material will be contained
     with sandbags, standard industrial absorbents, absorbent
     boom and pads, or dirt.  Contaminated materials will be
     contractor-hauled to a permitted hazardous waste landfill,-
                                173  -

-------
                                              Date:   2/26/82
                                              Revision No.:  0
                                              F
 and  affected  areas  of  the  facility and  equipment will be
 decontaminated.

 The  only  areas  that involve  unloading operations at Tankopile
 Finishing Company are  the  container storage  area and the
 waste pile area.  Wastes stored  in the  tank  area are piped
 directly  from the processing area  to the  storage tanks.

 Several precautions have been taken to  reduce the potential
 for  hazards during  unloading operations in the container
 storage area.   First,  three  ramps  were  designed and con-
 structed  to facilitate the smooth  and accessible movement
 of a forklift truck in and out of  each  of the storage area
 sections  (Figure 18).  Second, at  least 5 feet of aisle
 space is  maintained at all times.   Third, pallets are used
 in the transport of drum containers.

Unloading operations in the  waste  pile  area  involve the
 transport of  wastes  from the processing area to  the waste
pile via  front-end  loader or dump  truck.  The front-end
loader is  equipped  with a cover to  prevent hazardous  waste
dispersal.  Entrance to the  waste  pile  area  is by a gravel
road, which slopes  away from the pile to  prevent run-on
from entering the waste pile  area  (Figure 24).   At  the
intersection  of the road entrance  and the diversion canal,
a guard rail was installed on both  sides  of  the  road  to
prevent the front-end  loader  from  driving into the  canal
and spilling  the waste.  The  front-end  loader is  driven  up
                           174

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  F
     the access ramp where its contents are emptied onto the
     waste pile.
F-4b  Runoff
     Runoff from the container storage area and waste pile area
     is collected and automatically pumped to three holding
     tahks located just east of the container storage area
     (Figure 4).  Runoff from Storage Area A is diverted to
     Holding Tank A, runoff from Storage Area B and the waste
     pile area is collected in Holding Tank B, and runoff from
     Storage Area C is diverted to Holding Tank C.  Runoff con-
     tained in Holding Tanks A and C is discharged to the munici-
     pal sewer system if no leaks or spills from containers are
     detected during inspection,  contents of Holding Tank B,
     which consists of runoff from Storage Area B and runoff and
     leachate from the waste pile area, will be examined by
     laboratory analyses and either discharged to the sewer
     system (if determined not to be a hazardous waste) or
     drummed and stored onsite for later disposal at a facility
     authorized to accept the waste types.  In the event that a
     spill or leak is detected in Storage Areas A or C, runoff
     collected in their respective holding tanks will be managed
     similarly to waste received in Holding Tank B discussed
     above.
     Runoff from all other areas of the facility drains directly
     into the municipal sewer system.
                                175

-------
                                                  Date:   2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  F
     Because the Tankopile Finishing Company is located in a
     100-year floodplain, provisions have been made to minimize
     flooding, and emergency procedures have been established
     for the possible but unlikely occurrence of a flood.  These
     procedures are discussed in the Emergency Procedures section
     of the Contingency Plan (Section G).
F-4c  Water Supplies
     Ground water contamination is prevented by eliminating the
     discharge of hazardous materials onto the unprotected
     ground.  The container storage area is constructed of a
     concrete base, dikes, sump areas,  sump pumps, and holding
     tanks to contain leaks,  spills,  and precipitation.  The
     waste pile area is also designed and constructed to prevent
     water supply contamination.  Refer to Section D-3a for a
     complete description of the design and construction of the
     waste pile area,  including a leachate collection system,
     wind dispersal control system,  and runoff and run-on collec-
     tion system.
F-4d  Equipment and Power Failure
     In the event of a brief power interruption,  emergency
     generators will be started to maintain process operations,
     and the emergency lighting system will activate automatic-
     ally supplying lighting to all  facility buildings and
     property.   If there is a prolonged power outage,  the waste
     feed lines to the tank storage  area will be  manually shut
     off and all plant operations will  be shut down.   After
                                176

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  F
     shutdown, maintenance personnel will check for malfunction
     and equipment failures, and the Anytown Power and Light
     will be contacted immediately for assistance.  Refer to
     Emergency Procedures in the Contingency Plan for more
     details.
F-4e  Personnel Protection Equipment
     General information on the major chemical components of the
     wastes in the container, tank, and waste pile areas is
     provided in the Appendix under General Information and
     Hazardous Characteristics of Wastes.  The sheets present
     information on various chemicals regarding toxicity, fire
     and explosion hazards, protective equipment recommenda-
                  ,'
     tions, and first aid.  Available protective equipment is
     presented under Emergency Equipment and Provisions of the
     Contingency Plan (see Section G).  Use of protective equip-
     ment is covered in the initial and annual Personnel Train-
     ing Programs (see Section H), which satisfies the Occupa-
     tional Safety and Health Standards of 29 CFR Part 1910
     Subpart I - Personal Protective Equipment.

F-5  Prevention of Reaction of Iqnitable, Reactive,  and
     Incompatible Wastes
F-5a  Precautions to Prevent Ignition or Reaction of Ignitable
      or Reactive Wastes
     The container storage area is the only area on the facility
     property where ignitable wastes are stored.  No reactive
     wastes are stored at the facility.  The containers, as dis-
     cussed in Section D-la(l), are compatible with the contained

                                177

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  F
     wastes; therefore, the only source of ignition is external
     to the containers.  To prevent a possible source of external
     ignition, drums containing ignitable wastes are painted
     white to reflect solar heat and signs are placed in the
     container storage area clearly marked with the legends, "No
     Smoking" and "Danger - Unauthorized Personnel Keep Out."
     Sparkproof tools (brass hammers,  wrenches, etc.) are used
     on all containers and tanks storing ignitable materials.
F-5b  General Precautions for Handling Ignitable or Reactive
      Wastes or Accidentally Mixing Incompatible Wastes
     General precautions for handling ignitable or reactive
     wastes were discussed above.  Incompatible wastes are not
     mixed at Tankopile Finishing Company.
F-5c  Management of Ignitable or Reactive Wastes in Containers
     Precautions taken in the container storage area to prevent
     accidental fire and explosion include the proper storage of
     containers (e.g., stacking, aisle space, and labeling and
     sealing of containers), dikes, sump areas and sump pumps,
     and appropriate warning signs.

     Prior to storage, each container is sealed and labeled.
     This prevents precipitation from entering the drum,  and
     identifies the contents of the container and the date
     wastes were generated.   Containers are stored on pallets to
     minimize contact with precipitation,  leaks,  or spills, and
     they are never stacked more than three containers high.  A
     minimum of 5 ft is maintained in the aisles to allow access
                                178

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  F
     for a forklift without risk of damaging containers by
     scraping or puncturing.
                                                           t
     The container storage area is located 700 ft from the
     closest company property line (Figure 4), which is in
     compliance with the National Fire Code Standards for out-
     door storage of containers holding ignitable or reactive
     wastes.
F-5d  Management of Incompatible Wastes in Containers
     Drums used at TanJcopile Finishing Company are color-coded
     white for vinyl acetate and chloride sludges, yellow for
     pickle liquor sludges, and blue for metal grindings.  This
     system prevents an operator from placing waste in a container
     that previously held an incompatible waste.
     Incompatible wastes stored in the container storage area
     are separated by 6-in.-high curbs, and each of the three
     storage area sections has a separate sump area, sump pump,
     and holding tank to prevent mixing of the wastes.
F-5e  Management of Ignitable or Reactive wastes in Tanks
     Hazardous waste properties of storage tank waste materials
     generated from the finishing operations at the Tankopile
     Finishing Company are corrosivity and toxicity.  No ignit-
     able or reactive waste materials are stored in the tanks.
     The location of the waste storage tanks complies with the
     buffer zone requirements for stable liquids (operating
     pressure 2.5 psig or less) contained in the National Fire

                                179

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  F
     Protection Association's 1981 "Flammable and Combustible
     Liquids Code" for vertical tanks with emergency relief
     venting.  The storage tanks are designed to relieve pres-
     sures in excess of 0.22 psig.  The facility provides pro-
     tection for exposures by location- within the jurisdiction
     of the Anytown Fire Department and by operation of its own
     fire brigade.
F-5f  Management of Incompatible Waste in Tanks
     Waste materials stored in the tank storage area are incom-
     patible.  When 1,1,1-trichloroethane comes in contact with
     acid or acid fumes, highly toxic chloride fumes are gener-
     ated.  The tanks therefore have separate piping systems.

     Pressure safety valves were installed on both tanks to"
     relieve pressure buildup and prevent a possible explosion.
     Furthermore,  regular inspections as discussed in section
     F-2b(2) will be conducted to ensure safe operations.
F-5g  Management of Ignitable or Reactive Wastes in Waste Piles
     Ignitable or reactive wastes are not stored in the waste
     pile at Tankopile Finishing Company.
F-5h  Management of Incompatible Wastes in Waste Piles
     Incompatible wastes are not stored in the waste pile at
     Tankopile Finishing Company.
                                180

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  G
                            SECTION G
                        CONTINGENCY PLAN

     The information contained herein is submitted in accordance
with the requirements for a Contingency Plan, as contained in
40CFR§122.25(a)(7) and §264 Sub part D.

Contingency Plan [40 CFR 122.25U)(7) 1
     The intent of §264, Subpart D (Contingency Plan and Emer-
     gency Procedures), of RCRA is to ensure that facilities
     that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous wastes have
     established the necessary planned procedures to follow in
     the event an emergency situation should arise.

     The intent of the requirements under 40 CFR §264, Subpart C
     (Preparedness and Prevention),  which was described in
     Section F, is to ensure that the facility is properly
     designed and equipped to minimize the possibility of acci-
     dents and prevent the occurrence of emergency situations.
     The requirements under 40 CFR §264 Subpart 0 address the
     actions that are to be taken if an accident should occur.
                                181

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  G
G-l  General Information
     This contingency plan is for the Tankopile Finishing Com-
     pany,  Inc.,  located at 3100 West llth Street. Anytown,
     Rhode Island 02881.  Tankopile is primarily a manufacturer
     of metal automotive parts (i.e., body parts,  hubs, and
     trim)  and household appliance housings and parts.  Mary P.
     Jones is the owner and operator of the facility.  Ms.  Jones
     may be reached at (401) 555-6789 from 9 a.m.  to 5 p.m. on
     weekdays.   Mr. John Smith,  Environmental Engineer, is  the
     primary emergency coordinator at the facility and may  be
     reached at (401) 555-3219 from 9 a.m.  to 5 p.m. on week-
     days.   Other emergency coordinators may be reached at  this
     telephone  extension during other hours.

     Tankopile  stores hazardous  waste in three locations.   A
     waste  pile with a maximum storage of 50 yd2  is  used to
     store  metal  hydroxide wastes.   Two 7,500-gallon tanks  are
     used to store 1,1,1-trichloroethane waste solvent and  spent
     pickle liquor.   A container storage area has  an estimated
     maximum storage capacity of 100 drums.   A general site plan
     and a  full description of the  facility is contained in
     Section B.   A description of the wastes  is contained in
     Section C. "  Included in the copies of  the Contingency  Plan
     provided to  emergency organizations, these.two  sections (B
     and C)  have  been added as Appendices.
                                182

-------
                                                    Date:  2/26/82
                                                    Revision No.:  0
                                                    G
G-2  Emergency Coordinators
     If  an emergency situation develops  at the facility, the
     discoverer should contact an  emergency coordinator listed
     in  Table 11.   John Smith, primary Emergency Coordinator,
     should be contacted first, and  if he is not available, the
     others should be called  (in the order listed) until someone
     is  reached.   The primary Emergency  Coordinator and alternates
     have  complete authority to commit all resources of the
     company in the event of an emergency.  Table 12 lists
     organizations that could possibly be contacted by the
     Emergency Coordinator in the  event  of an emergency.
                               TABLE  11
                        EMERGENCY COORDINATORS
                                        Home       Work      Home
    Name               Title             address   phone No. phone No.
John Smith     Environmental Engineer     453 Elm St.   Ext.3219  221-2932
Joseph Williams Plant Manager             911 5th St.   Ext.3225  362-3801
Albert Brown   Vice President, Operations  1101  Main St. Ext.3220  921-4410
G-3  Implementation of the Contingency Plan
     The decision  to implement the contingency plan depends upon
     whether or not an imminent or actual incident could threaten
     human health  or the environment.  The purpose of this
     section is to  provide guidance  to the emergency coordinator
     in making this decision by providing decision-making criteria.
                                 183

-------
                                  TABLE 12

                             EMERGENCY CONTACTS
                                                            Date:   2/26/82
                                                            Revision:  0
                                                            G
     Emergency
    Organizati on/agency
    Emergency No.
Injury
Fire/explosion
Hazardous material
 spill or release

If spill reaches
 navigable water
Natural disaster


Potential flood


All of the above
Anytown Hospital
Washington County Hospital


Rhode Island
Medical College

Poison Control Center

Washington County Fire Oept.
Anytown Fire Dept.

Anytown Fire Dept.
Washington County Fire Oept.

U.S.  EPA Region I Response
 Center

Rhode Island Emergency
 Management

National Response Center

Washington County Emergency
Management Agency*

Army Corp of Engineers
Engineer

Rhode Island Emergency
Management Agency*
American Red Cross
911
Ambulance - 863-4800
Info. - 863-3232

821-8305
724-5050

798-6818
722-5351

722-5351
798-6818

24-hr. emergency No.
617/472-3815


401/702-4895

800/424-8802

911 or 724-4444
401/704-4362
24-hr. No.  -
 401/826-4739
722-1821
* This agency may also be contacted in any emergency event if necessary.
  They will  coordinate the proper agencies/organizations as needed.
                                    184

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.:  0
                                             G

The contingency plan will be implemented in the following

situations:

     1.   Fire and/or Explosion

          a.   A fire causes the release of toxic fumes.

          b.   The fire spreads and could possibly ignite
               materials at other locations onsite or could
               cause heat-induced explosions.

          c.   The fire could possibly spread to offsite
               areas.

          d.   Use of water or water and chemical fire
               suppressant could result in contaminated
               runoff.

          e.   An imminent danger exists that an explosion
               could occur, causing a safety hazard because
               of flying fragments or shock waves.

          f.   An imminent danger exists that an explosion
               could ignite other hazardous waste at the
               facility.

          g.   An imminent danger exists that an explosion
               could result in release of toxic material.

          h.   An explosion has occurred.

     2.   Spills or Material Release

          a.   The spill could result in release of flam-
               mable liquids or vapors, thus causing a fire
               or gas explosion hazard.

          b.   The spill could cause the release of toxic
               liquids or fumes.

          c.   The spill can be contained onsite,  but the
               potential exists for ground water contamina-
               tion.

          d.   The spill cannot be contained onsite,  result-
               ing in offsite soil contamination and/or
               ground or surface water pollution.
                           135

-------
                                                   Date:   2/26/82
                                                   Revision No.:  0
                                                   G
          3.    Floods
                a.   The potential exists  for  surface  water'
                    contamination.

G-4  Emergency  Response Procedures
G-4a  Notification  [40 CFR 264.56(a)]
     In the event of an emergency situation the emergency  coor-
     dinator will be notified first; subsequently,  all  facility
     personnel, appropriate federal, state, or local  agencies,
     and fire or police departments will  also be notified.   See
     Figures 26 and 27.  .
G-4b  Identification of Hazardous Wastes  [40 CFR 264.56(b)]
     The emergency coordinator will immediately identify the
     character, exact source, amount and  area extent  of the
     release.  The initial identification method will be to
     utilize visual analysis of the material and location  of the
     release.  The containers are color coded as to their  con-
     tents and are in distinct separate locations.  The tanks
     and piping from the process area to  the tanks are labeled
     to identify whether they hold waste  pickle liquor or  tn-
     chloroethane.  The waste pile area would only have metal
     hydroxide sludge.   If for some reason the released material
     cannot be identified,  visual samples will be taken for
     chemical analysis.
G-4c  Assessment [40 CFR 264.56(c) and (d)]
     The emergency coordinator will assess possible hazards,
     both direct and indirect,  to human health or the environ-
     ment.
                                186

-------
                                         EMERGENCY
                                      /   OCCURS   \
                                                                               SPILL
                                                                                 OR
                                                                              MATERIAL
                                                                              RELEASE
        FIRE
       AND/OR
     EXPLOSION
                                                                            IF POSSIBLE
                                                                            CONTAIN SPILL
IF POSSIBLE CONTAIN
OR EXTINGUISH FIRE
                                       CALL EMERGENCY
                                         COORDINATOR
                                          IMPLEMENT
                                         CONTINGENCY
                                            PLAN
                                                                        NOTIFY LOCAL,  STATE,
                                                                        AND  IF NECESSARY.
                                                                        FEDERAL AUTHORITIES
CALL FIRE DEPARTMENT
                Figure 26.  Overview of emergency plan of  action.
                                                                                                          50 C»
                                                                                                          ID Pi
                                                                                                          < ft
                                                                                                          H ro
                                                                                                          in ••
                                                                                                          H-
                                                                                                          o
                                                                                                          3 ro
                                                                                                            \
                                                                                                          25 M
                                                                                                          O en
                                                                                                            oo
                                                                                                            K)

-------
                                      Date:   2/26/82
                                      Revision  No.:  0
                                      G
               t
             uni«

•"«-» 7. M.,»™f,.
NUBBJIS M 1 .»IU». I IB
                              loci
                             ««M •• uni
                         •IffHSI V H«nt *4 OC
                         
-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  G
G-4d  Control Procedures [40 CFR 264.52(a)] .
     Potential accidents fall under three general classifica-
     tions:  (1) fire and/or explosions,  (2) spills or material
     release, (3) floods.  Natural disasters such as earthquakes
     or hurricanes are assumed to fall into one of these three
     classifications.  An overview of the emergency plan of
     action is outlined in Figure 26.  Figure 27 is a more
     detailed emergency plan of action, including phone numbers.

Fire and/or Explosion
     The storage tank, container, and waste pile areas can be
     easily accessed by fire-fighting and other emergency
     vehicles and equipment.  A paved blacktop road, about 25 ft
     in width, passes within 100 ft of each of these-areas.
     This road is kept clear at all times.

     A company fire brigade will be on standby during all general
     plant emergencies.  During times of power failure or severe
     weather, fire protection personnel will be assigned to
     protect personnel and property.  If a fire should break
     out, concentration will be placed on preventing the fire
     from spreading to nearby areas.  The  fire-fighting effort
     will be carried out by the fire brigade until outside
     assistance has arrived.

     The following actions will be taken in the areas affected
     by the fire or explosion:
                                189

-------
                                              Date:   2/26/82
                                              Revision No.:  0
                                              G
      1.   Fire doors  in buildings will be  closed.
      2.   Hazardous work  in  all  areas will be shut  down
          immediately.
      3.   All feed lines  and additional equipment will be
          shut down,  as necessary and practical.
      4.   The Emergency Coordinator will be contacted (See
          Table 10.)
      5.   The area will be cleared of all  personnel  not
          actively involved  in fighting the fire.   These
          persons are to  report  to the designated rally
          points for  accountability.  Rally points  are
          designated  in Figure 28.  All persons in  Section
          1 on Figure 28  proceed to Rally  Point 1;  those in
          Section 2 to Rally Point 2.
      6.   All injured persons will be removed, and medical
          treatment will  be  administered by qualified
          personnel.
Because fire is always a  potential hazard  in  spills  of
flammable materials, possible sources of ignition have been
eliminated.  Vehicular' traffic and hazardous  work in the
area will cease until the spill  is contained  and safety is
restored.  If spilled materials  are flammable, the  fire
brigade will respond with foam equipment and  hoses.   Flush-
ing with large quantities of water or foaming of the spill
will be performed if advised by  the fire brigade chief.
If a highly flammable material is released (e.g., propane
or natural gas),  all persons within at least  a quarter-mile
radius of the release will be notified.  All  ignition
sources within this area will be eliminated.  Use of motor
vehicles within this area will be restricted  or eliminated
to avoid ignition of the vapor, which can  cause a flashback
to the source and an initial explosion of  fire of wide
                           190

-------
                                                    rijTUK

                                                    3WI»
                                                                  SECTION
                                                                     1
                                                            7 --^acra
                                                                 :!»t»vai  -
<
                 SECTION  1 | SECTION 2
                   380 ft
y
            OATt: 8/10/81
         "igure 2£.   Sally  points in the event of fir«  or  axoioslon.

-------
                                              Date:   2, I = ,'32
                                              Revision No.:  0
                                              r*
                                              
-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  G
     brigade chief is always the lead shift foreman.  Super-
     visors of unaffected areas will stay with their personnel
     and be ready to evacuate and account for the persons under
     their supervision.

     An "all clear" signal will be given when the fire has been
     extinguished and the safety of personnel is no longer
     endangered.  The fire brigade chief will determine when the
     emergency has passed and consult with the Emergency Coor-
     dinator before the "all clear" signal is given.  All emer-
     gency equipment used in the emergency must be cleaned and
     fit for use prior to resumption of plant operation in the
     affected areas.
Spills or Material Release
     In the event of a major emergency involving a chemical
     spill, the following general procedures will be used for
     rapid and safe response and control of the situation.
     Emergency contacts found in Figure 27 provide a quick-
     reference guideline to follow in the event of a major
     spill.
     If an employee discovers a chemical spill or process upset
     resulting in a vapor release, he or she will immediately
     report it to the area supervisor.
     The area supervisor will contact the designated Emergency
     Coordinator at the time of the incident,  when contacted,
                                193

-------
                                              Date:   2/26/82
                                              Revision No.:  0
                                              G
the designated Emergency Coordinator will  obtain informa-
tion pertaining to the  following:
     1.   The material  spilled or released
     2.   Location of the release or spillage of hazard-
          ous material
     3.   An estimate of quantity released and the  rate
          at which it is being released
     4.   The direction in  which the spill or vapor  or
          smoke release is heading
     5.   Any injuries  involved
     6.   Fire and/or explosion or possibility of these
          events
     7.   The  area  and  materials  involved  and  the
          intensity of  the fire or explosion.
This information will help the Emergency Coordinator  to
assess the magnitude and potential seriousness  of the spill
or release.  If the accident-is determined to lie within
the company's emergency response capabilities,  the  Emergency
Coordinator will contact and deploy the necessary inplant
personnel.  If the accident is beyond plant capabilities,
the Emergency Coordinator will contact the  appropriate
agencies.  A list of agencies and phone numbers  can be
found in Table 12.

The initial response to any emergency will be  to  protect
human health and safety, and then the environment.  Identi-
fication, containment,  treatment, and disposal  assessment
will be the secondary response.
                           194

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.:  0
                                             G
In the event of a leak or spill in the tank area, all feed
lines to the storage tanks will be closed.  The dike sur-
rounding the tank storage area has the capacity to hold the
largest tank and any rainfall.  Immediately after the spill
is detected, a local contractor will be summoned to remove
any standing liquids and haul the spilled material to a
facility approved to handle that particular waste.

If for some reason a chemical spill is not contained within
a dike or sump area, an area of isolation will be established
around the spill.  The size of the area will generally
depend on the size of the spill and the materials involved.
If the spill is large and involves a tank or a pipeline
rupture, an initial isolation of at least 100 ft in all
directions will be used. ' Small spills or leaks from a tank
or pipe will require evacuation of at least 50 ft in all
directions to allow cleanup and repair and to prevent
exposure.  When any spill occurs, only those persons in-
volved in overseeing or performing emergency operations
will be allowed within the designated hazard area.  If
possible the area will be roped or otherwise blocked off.

If the spill results in the formation of a toxic vapor
cloud (by reaction with surrounding materials or by out-
break of fire) and its release (due to high vapor pressures
under ambient conditions), further evacuation will be
enforced.  An area at least 500 ft wide and 1000 ft long
                           195

-------
                                             Date:   2/26/82
                                             Revision No.: 0
                                             G

will be evacuated downwind if volatile materials are spilled.


Because the distance to the closest urban area is about  5

miles, it is unlikely that evacuation of its population

will be necessary in the event of a release of toxic mate-

rial.  Industrial areas within a mile of the plant will  be

notified, however, if a large quantity of spilled material

ignites.  Because winds in the area tend to vary, the

quickest and most accurate assessment of meteorological

conditions is accomplished by calling the National Weather

Service at 798-5558 or Anytown Airport at 861-6610.


If the control and cleanup of a spill, release, or fire  is

within the capabilities of company personnel and local

response teams,  the Rhode Island Department of Environmental

Management or the National Response Center will not be

notified unless one of the following occurs:

     0    A spill discharges to the Queen River and the
          quantity  of hazardous  material  spilled  is
          equal  to  or  greater  than  the  reportable
          quantity  specified  under  40  CFR Part  117.

     0    One thousand gallons or more of oil is spilled
          in a single event.   If  a  lesser quantity has
          been spilled  but has  entered a  storm sewer
          leading to  the  Queen River,  it  is  advisable  -
          to contact  local and  state  authorities   for
          assistance if it is  not possible to intercept
          the spill at  the. outfall or  prevent  the oil
          slick from moving downstream.

     e    The spill involves other  hazardous  materials
          not listed but used  at the plant if they' pose
          an  actual   or  potential  hazard  to  life  or
          property.
                           196

-------
                                              Date:   2/26/82
                                              Revision No.: 0
                                              G
As called  for  in regulations developed  under  the  Comprehen-
sive Environmental Liability and Compensation Act of 1980
(Superfund), our practice  is to report  a  spill  of a  pound
or more of any hazardous material  for which a reportable
quantity has not been established  and which is  listed under
the Solid  Waste Disposal Act, Clean Air Act,  Clean Water
Act, or TSCA.  We also  follow the  same  practice for  any
substances not listed in the Acts  noted above but which can
be classified  as a hazardous waste under  RCRA.
If the Emergency Coordinator determines that  the  company is
unable to  handle the emergency, then local, state, and
Federal authorities will be notified of the situation.
Evacuation of  all potentially affected  plant  areas will be
initiated  as soon as possible.

The following  guidelines will be used in  case of  an  acci-
dental episode involving waste materials.  These  are  general
guidelines, and circumstances may  dictate some  alterations
to these procedures.

Most waste spills and leaks are easily  contained  within the
dikes and  sumps provided in the tank area.  Small spills
occurring  in a diked area are flushed with plenty of  water,
to the sump provided in that area.  If  necessary,  a portable
sump pump  is used to pump the diluted waste material  into
55-gallon drums.   Procedures for handling large spills were
discussed earlier in this section.
                           197

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.: 0
                                             G
For all large spills or serious leaks the following guide-

lines will be followed as closely as possible:

     1.   If a leak develops or a spill occurs from a
          waste storage tank, pipeline pump, etc., the
          person discovering the discharge will leave
          the immediate area and contact the Emergency
          Coordinator.  The Emergency Coordinator will
          obtain the following information:

          a.   Person(s) injured and seriousness of
               injury.

          b.   Location of the spill or leak, material
               involved, and source (tank, pipeline,
               etc.).

          c.   The approximate amount spilled, an
               estimate of the liquid and/or gas
               discharge rate, and the direction the
               liquid flow or gaseous cloud is moving.

          d.   Whether or not a fire is involved.

     2.   Next,  the Emergency Coordinator will:

          a.   Initiate evacuation of the hazard area.
               For small spills or leaks, isolate at
               least 50 ft in all directions.  For
               large spills,  initially isolate at
               least 100 ft in all directions and keep
               all persons upwind of spill.

          b.   Obtain  medical attention for any injured
               persons.  It may be helpful to instruct
               the caller in initial first aid pro-
               cedures.  Then call the hospital.

          c.   Call  the fire department if a fire is
               involved that cannot be extinguished by
               plant personnel.  Fight small fires
               with  dry chemicals,  C02,  or foam,  and
               large fires with water spray, fog, or
               foam.   Keep heat-exposed containers
               cooled  with water spray and remove them
               from  the fire if possible.  IF A RISING
               SOtJND COMES FROM A VENTING DEVICE OR
               THE TANK BEGINS TO DISCOLOR,  WITHDRAW
               FROM  THE AREA IMMEDIATELY.
                           198

-------
                                        Date:  2/26/82
                                        Revision No.: 0
                                        G

     d.   Dispatch emergency personnel to the
          site to take the appropriate action.

     e.   Contact the proper authorities (Figure
          27 and Table 11) if the spill or release
          is large.  Contact local authorities
          first so that, if necessary, downstream
          water users and/or persons downwind of
          the vapor can be notified and, if
          necessary,  evacuated.  If a large spill
          occurs, the initial evacuation area
          downwind should be 0.2 mile long (=1000
          ft) by 0.1 mile wide (sSOO ft).  If a
          tank containing waste becomes involved
          in a fire,  isolate an area H male in
          all directions.

3.   Cleanup personnel will:

     a.   Make sure all unnecessary persons are
          removed from the hazard area.

     b.   Put on protective clothing and equip-
          ment.

     c.   If the flammable waste is involved,
          remove all ignition sources, and use
          spark and explosion proof equipment and
          clothing in containment and cleanup.

     d.   If possible try to stop the leak.
          Special materials will be kept on hand
          for temporary repairs.

     e.   Remove all surrounding materials that
          could be especially reactive with
          materials in the waste.  Determine the
          ma]or components in the waste at the
          time of the spill.

     f.   Use absorbent pads,  booms,  earth,
          sandbags,  sand, and other inert mate-
          rials to contain,  divert and clean up a
          spill if it has not been contained by a
          dike or sump.   Most spills  contained
          within the  dike or sump can be pumped
          back into the appropriate sto'rage  tank
          or drum.

     g.   If wastes reach a storm sewer,  try to
          dam the outfall to the  Queen River by
          using sand,  earth,  sandbags,  etc.   If
                      199

-------
                                              Date:   2/26/82
                                              Revision No.:  0
                                              G
                this  is  done,  dilute  wastes  in the
                storm sewer  with large  quantities of
                water and pump this material out into a
                temporary holding tank  or drums as soon
                as  possible.   If a spill  enters the
                river or has entered  a  storm drain,  use
                absorbent booms and sweeps around the
                outfall  to contain and  absorb water-
                insoluble organics.
          h.    Place all containment and cleanup
                materials in drums for  proper disposal.
                Some  items,  such as absorbent rags or
                booms may have to be  cut  up.
          i.    Place all recovered liquid wastes and
                contaminated soil in  drums for removal
                to  an approved disposal site.
Following are procedures to follow if  a  large amount of
material spills onto unprotected ground  and ground  water is
contaminated.   Because  the water table level  onsite is only
about 10 ft below  the ground  surface,  cleanup and contain-
ment of spills  reaching or likely to reach  the groundwater
will be accomplished by construction of  interceptor trenches.
Ground water flow  is  in the general direction of the Queen
River.  The trench will  be constructed across the entire
front of the migrating  body of material  (i.e.,  the  trench
will be a few feet wider  on either side  of  the spill
boundaries as can be determined from surface  observations).
Figure 29 illustrates this.   This trench will be  as  narrow
as the excavating equipment will  allow.   It will  be  con-
structed to a depth of  1  to 4  ft below the water  table
surface.  The downstream wall  of the trench will  be  lined
with an impermeable and  resistant material to prevent
further migration of the  spilled material.   If the  trench
                           200

-------
                                       Date:   2/26/32
                                       Revision  No.: 0
                                       G

                                      IMPERMIA8LE
                                      BARRIER
                                      RECOVERY
                                      WELL
Figure  29.  Interceptor  trench.
             201

-------
                                             Date:   2/26/82
                                             Revision  No.: 0
                                             G
is deep enough, the contaminated water will collect  in the
ditch and will be pumped out as required.  A pump to create
a zone of depression will be used to increase speed  of
recovery.  This is accomplished by first placing a 16- to
18-in. diameter galvanized culvert pipe, slotted or  perforated
and capped on the bottom, in the bottom of the trench  about
midway from each end.  Fiberglass or steel window screening
is then wrapped around the pipe where it is slotted  and
then secured with wire.  The trench is then backfilled
within 2 ft of the ground surface with gravel and finished
with native soil.  Figure 30 shows a cross section of  an
interceptor trench.  When pumping is required to prohibit
    /<
contamination of the water table, a submersible pump is
lowered into the culvert.  Pumping will be done continuously
to prevent the contaminant from moving around the ditch.
When recovering a flammable material from the ground water,
explosion- and spark-proof pumping equipment, tools, and
clothing is used because of the possible presence of
explosive vapors.  Smoking, and heat sources in the  area
will be eliminated.

All emergency equipment used in the emergency must be
cleaned and fit for use prior to resumption of plant opera-
tions in the affected areas.
Floods
Approximately half of the facility property is located
within the 100-year flood plain and is subject to floods of
                           202

-------
                                                                Date:   2/26/32
                                                                Revision No.:  0
                                                                G
                                                    COVER
                     LOCAL BACKFILL-
                        MATERIAL
:---:-:->:-:- WATER TABLE •:-;-:-:-:->:-:-:-:-:-:-:->:-
                                                          CULVERT mm
                                                          RECOVERY ;l;S
                                                          WELL	ipa
                                                          •x'x'x" x"r";'x":-i'x-S""x"X'

                                                          IMFERMEAIBLE'
                                                          BARRIER
                                                          GRAVEL   :>>:
                                                          OR STONE :>:-:
                     Figure 30.    Interceptor trench
                             (cross-section).
                                     203

-------
                                                  Date:   2/26/82
                                                  Revision  No.:  0
                                                  G

     1 to 3 feet in depth.  The present waste pile and  drum

     storage areas are within the 100-year  flood plain.


     The drum storage area and waste pile are both subject  to

     flooding.  The long-term solution is to move these  func-

     tions to higher ground.  If a flood occurs before  this

     relocation, the following steps should be taken:

          1.   Check with the National Weather Service  in
               Providence, Rhode Island, or the Army Corps
               of Engineers for a projected flood crest.

          2.   If the crest will result in less than 1  ft
               of water in the waste pile or drum area,  the
               areas will be diked with sandbags up to  a
               level 1 ft over the projected level.

          3.   If the crest will result in more than 1  ft
               of water in the waste pile and drum areas,
               the waste will be removed to a waste disposal
               facility.  It is estimated the drums will
               take 3 to 4 hours to remove.  The waste pile
               is expected to take up to 8 hours to remove;
               therefore a sandbag dike will be constructed
               to protect the site during the removal time.

          4.   Should a fire, explosion, spill or material
               release occur during the flooding, the
               sections addressing these occurrences will
               be consulted.


G-4e  Prevention of Recurrence or Spread of Fires, Explosions or
      Releases [40 CFR 264.56(e)]

     Actions to prevent the recurrence or spread of fires,

     explosions or releases include stopping processes  and

     operations, collecting and containing released waste,  and

     recovering or isolating containers.  The onsite training

     manual addresses the specific actions to be taken  in an

     emergency.   In addition, if the facility stops operations
                                204

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  G
     in response to an emergency, the emergency coordinator will
     monitor valves, pipes, and other equipment for leaks,
     pressure build up, gas generation or ruptures.
G-4f  storage and Treatment of Released Material  [40 CFR 264.56(g)]
     Immediately after an emergency, the emergency coordinator
     will make arrangements for treatment, storage, or disposal
     of recovered waste, contaminated soil, surface water, or
     any other contaminated material.
G-4g  Incompatible Wastes [40 CFR 264.56(h)]
     The emergency coordinator will ensure that wastes which may
     be incompatible with the released material are treated,
     stored or disposed of until cleanup procedures are completed.
G-4h  Post-Emergency Equipment Maintenance [40 CFR 264.56(h)(2)]
     After an emergency event, all emergency equipment listed in
     section GS will be cleaned so that it is fit for use or it
     will be replaced.  Before operations are resumed an inspection
     of all safety equipment will be conducted as discussed in
     section F-2.  The Regional Administrator, state, and local
     authorities will be notified that post-emergency equipment
     maintenance has been performed and operations will be
     resumed.
G-4i  Container Spills and Leakage [40 CFR 264.171]
     Refer to section G-4d for a discussion of emergency response
     procedures for container spills and leakage.
G-4]  Tank Spills and Leakage [40 CFR 264.194(c)]
     Refer to section G-4d for a discussion of tank spills and
     leakage emergency response procedures.
                                205

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  G
G-4k  Waste Piles
G-4k(l)  Indication of Waste Pile Containment System Failures
     Per the inspection schedule discussed in section F-2, the
     waste pile storage area will be inspected on a weekly
     basis.  If during an inspection liquid is detected in the
     leachate monitoring manhole a sample will be collected and
     analyzed for lead and hexavalent chromium.  If lead and/or
     hexavalent chromium is detected, the containment system
     evaluation and repair plan will be implemented.  If inspec-
     tion of the membrane liner indicates there are tears,
     holes, separation of layers, thin spots, cracks, shrinkage,
     hardness,  excessive permeability,  or blisters, the plan
     will also be immediately implemented.  Other.indications of
     waste pile containment system failure which would require
     implementation of the plan include:  deterioration or
     loosening of the joint holding the liner to the foundation,
     loss of base material or soil covering liner, exposing the
     liner to direct sunlight, or foundation deterioration or
     cracking.
G-4k(2)  Elements of a Containment System Evaluation and Repair
         Plan
     If there are indications of waste pile containment system
     failure, the containment system evaluation and repair plan
     will be implemented immediately.  The plan clearly outlines
     the steps necessary to evaluate the extent of damage to the
     containment system and measures necessary to correct a
     containment deficiency.  Structures involved in the
                                206

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  G
     containment system evaluation include:  the foundation,
     liner, leachate, and runoff collection system, waste pile
     base, leachate monitoring manhole, and perimeter soil
     embankment.  The most vulnerable unit of the containment
     system is the liner which will undergo the following tests
     to ensure integrity:
               visual inspection for cracks, holes, etc.
               laminate thickness
               cold bend
               tensile strength
               tear strength
               puncture resistance
               hydrostatic resistance
               dimensional stability
               ozone resistance
               seam strength
     Other structures will require thorough visual inspection
     for deficiencies.  Also included in the plan is a schedule
     of actions in the event of containment failure and a descrip-
     tion of repair techniques.
G-4k(3)  Criteria and Procedures for Removal of Waste File From
         Service in Case of Positive Failure of the Containment
         System [40 CFR 264.255(b), 264.255(c), and 264.255(d)(1)]
     In the event there is a positive failure of the containment
     system the waste pile will be removed from service.  Front-
     end loaders will be used to remove the waste pile from the
     containment system and load the haul trucks.  Waste will be
     disposed of at a facility approved to handle that particular
     waste.  Newly generated waste will be stored in 3 cu. yd.
     dumpsters until the containment system is repaired.
G-4k(4)  Restoration of a Waste Pile to Service [40 CFR 264.255(e)]
     After removing the waste pile from service and disposing of
     the waste pile, the containment system will be repaired as
                                207

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  G

     soon as possible.  Depending upon the severity of the

     repair work, a registered professional engineer will certify

     that the containment system still meets the design specifica-

     tions approved in the RCRA permit.

G-4k(5)  Course of Action After Waste Pile is Removed From
         Service (40 CFR 264.255(f) and 264.258]

     When the waste pile containment system is permanently

     removed from service the following steps will be necessary

     to close the facility and restore the grounds to their

     original appearance:

          1.    Remove hazardous waste pile to a facility approved
               to handle that particular waste.

          2.    Remove base,  liner,  foundation, underdrains,
               underdrain collection sump, leachate collection
               system, and leachate monitoring manhole, and
               dispose of at a facility approved to handle that
               particular waste.

          3.    Remove any contaminated soil and dispose of at a
               facility approved to handle that particular
               waste.

          4.    Remove groundwater subdrains and store for reuse
               or resale.

          5.    Fill diversion ditch and pit from waste pile
               containment system with onsite soil and grade.

          6.    Apply seed and straw in an effort to reclaim the
               area.

          7.    Decontaminate front-end loaders, haul trucks,
               pumps,  etc.  in the container storage area and
              . dispose of resulting wastes appropriately.

          8.    An independent registered professional engineer
               will certify  closure of the waste pile contain-
               ment system.
                                208

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  G
G-5  Emergency Equipment
     Location of emergency equipment is shown on Figure 31.  The
     plant employs several mechanisms for fire control.  First,
     three fire hydrants are located in the plant area Each
     hydrant will deliver 500 gal/min of water.  Approximately
     1000 ft of hose is stored in the warehouse.

     Also available for fire control are portable fire extin-
     guishers; at least one extinguisher is located in each of
     the following areas:
               Drum storage area
               Storage tank area
               Processing area
               Warehouse
               Electric substation
               Lab
               Offices
     These fire extinguishers are dry chemical Types A, B, and
     C.  Type A is capable of extinguishing fires involving
     ordinary combustible materials such as wood, cloth, paper,
     rubber, and many plastics; Type 3 is capable of extin-
     guishing fires involving flammable liquids, oils, greases,
     tars, oil base paints, lacquers, and flammable gases; and
     Type C is capable of extinguishing fires involving ener-
     gized electrical equipment.  All. extinguishers comply with
     National Fire Code standards for portable fire extinguishers,
     and they are inspected after each use or at least monthly.
                         •
     Records of these inspections are kept in the operating log.

     Equipment for use in containing and cleaning up spilled
     hazardous wastes is stored in the warehouse.  A list of
                                209

-------
                                                          Date:   2/26/82
                                                          Revision  No.: 0
                                                          G
FH - FIRE HYDRANT
FE - FIRE EXTINGUISHER
FA - FIRST AID EQUIPMENT
EMS - EYE WASH AND  SHOWER
SCC - SPILL CONTROL AND CLEANUP EQUIPMENT
PCE - PROTECTIVE  CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT
        Figure 31.  Location  of  emergency equipment.
                                  210

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.: 0
                                             G
equipment and materials stored and maintained in the ware-
house is listed in Table 13, along with the function of
each.

First aid supplies at the first aid station include the
following:
     0    Bandage materials
            -  band aids
            -  gauze pads and rolls
            •  adhesive tape
            -  butterfly bandages
          Antibacterial ointments
          Splints
          Aspirin
          Emetic - Syrup of Ipecac
          Local and topical anesthetics
          Eyewash bottle and solution
Emergency eyewash fountains and showers are located at the
east and west ends of the waste storage tank area.  Each
unit consists of a drench showerhead with "panic bar"-operated
frost-proof valve and an eyewash with a dirt cover and
"panic bar"-operated frost-proof valve.  A sign reading
"EMERGENCY SHOWER AND EYEWASH FOUNTAIN11 is posted at each
unit.  A hose station is also located near the eyewash/shower
station at the west end of  the tank storage area.

Protective clothing and equipment is provided to protect
employees during normal and emergency operations.  Hard
hats, protective eyewear, and steel-toed boots or shoes are
the minimum protective clothing required.  Other protective
clothing equipment available on site include:
     Clothing
       -  Plastic aprons and gauntlets
       -  Rubber and Neoprene boots
                            211

-------
                   TABLE  13.  MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR SPILL CONTAINMENT AND CLEANUP
    Materi al(sI/equipment
     Quantity
 Substances contained/
  absorbed/cleaned up
       Notes
    Standard Industrial
     absorbents  (Sorb-All,
     Vermiculite, etc.)
A drum should be
 placed In all plant
 areas where small
 spills are suspect.
For small spills of oil,
 solvents, aqueous mate-
 rials.  Do not use for
 acids or caustics unless
 first neutralized.
Each drum should be accom-
 panied with broom (or
 shovel) and dustpan.
    Sandbags
    Sand
800-1000
50-100 yd3
10
    Absorbent  boom,
     weighted  or with
     curtain or skirt
Sand Is unreactive with
 most any chemical except
 hydrofluoric acid.
Sand Is unreactive with
 most any chemical except
 hydrofluoric acid.
                         In water,  most Insoluble
                          or  slightly soluble
                          organics.   Most  materials
                          on  land.   Do not use  for
                          acids.
Keep in readily acces-
 sible area(s) near most
 concentrated area(s) of
 tanks or drums.

Use primarily for contain-
 ment or large spills.
 Containment and cleanup
 of small spills.  Also,
 keep in barrels in areas
 where small spills may
 occur more frequently (drum
 storage areas, process pads,
 etc.).   Keep covered if
 outside.

Employ one boom around
 out-fall discharge on
 permanent basis and one
 for backup.
                                                                                                                ojo o
                                                                                                                  a cu
                                                                                                                  < rt
                                                                                                                  H- n>
                                                                                                                  m ••
                                                                                                                  H
                                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                                  3 10
    (continued)
                                                                                        a>
                                                                                        to

-------
TABLE 13 (continued)
Material(s)/equipment
     Quantity
 Substances contained/
  absorbed/cleaned up
       Notes
Absorbent pads
Carton (100 pads-
 Conwed)
...
Straw
15-20 bales
Submersible pump
In water,  most insoluble
 qr slightly soluble
 organics.   Host materials
 on land.   Do not use for
 acids.
Petroleum, distillates,
 oil, organic solvents.
 Oo not use for acids or
 caustics.
                         See manufacturers (Gould,
                          Flygt,  Peabody)  for
                          specifications on mate-
                          rial-handling capabili-
                          ties.
Will float on water so are
 most helpful in cleaning
 up materials contained
 within the boom boundaries
 or in diked areas where a
 chemical sheen has formed
 on water collected within.
 Also, place around equipment
 or in areas where leakage
 or spillage occurs frequently
 (i.e., pumps, loading/unloading
 areas).

Can be used for diking
 and absorption for land
 spills.  If booms become
 saturated, can be tied
 together and used to con-
 tain and absorb water spills.
 Since they sink partly below
 water surface, they are useful
 for substances slightly heavier
 than water.
                              Can be used to remove diked
                               liquids, etc.
                                                                                                               (D (U
                                                                                                               < r»
                                                                                                               H (D
                                                                                                               in ••
                                                                                                               H-
                                                                                                               o
                                                                                                               a N>
                                                                                                               •• \
                                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                               o en
(continued)
                                                                                        CD
                                                                                        10

-------
  TABLE  13 (continued)
  Material(s)/equ1pment
Quantity
Substances contained/
 absorbed/cleaned up
Notes
  Flexible (Neoprene)      75 ft minimum
   hoses with quick
   couple fittings.
  55-galIon drums; steel,  Variable
    stainless steel
                    N.A.
                             Neoprene  is  resistant to
                              most  acids  and solvents,
                              but not  all.   For instance,
                              benzene  wi11  degrade
                              Neoprene.
                    Most organics (steel); acids,
                     caustics, contaminated
                     absorbent materials
                     (stainless steel).
Kl
                                                                                                                   n o>
                                                                                                                   < rt
                                                                                                                   H-ID
                                                                                                                   in ••
                                                                                                                   H-
                                                                                                                   o
                                                                                                                   t3 N>
                                                                                                                     ro
                                                                                                                   o «r»
                                                                                                                     oo
                                                                                                                     K)

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  G

            -  Short and long rubber gloves
            -  Rain suits
            -  Chemical-resistant suits (Tyvek, polyurethane,
               polyethylene)
            -  Polyethylene gloves

          Equipment
            -  Face shields and extra protective eyeglasses
            -  Disposable respirators
            -  Chemical cartridge respirators w/cartridges for
               organic vapors and acid gases; half- and full-
               face types
            -  Chest-mounted gas mask cannisters
            -  Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
               operated in pressure-demand mode

     This equipment is located in the warehouse for easy access

     by personnel.


G-6  Coordination Agreements

     Tankopile has made the following arrangements to assist in

     response to emergency situations.

          1.   An agreement has been made with a local dis-
               posal facility to provide a tank truck on a
               24-hour basis.

          2.   Copies of the contingency plan have been
               given to the local police and fire depart-
               ments, the hospital, and the state and local
               Emergency Response Teams.  These agencies
               were asked to review and comment on the plan
               and have detailed the actions they will take
               in response to any emergency.

     The following organizations have been sent copies of the

     contingency plan:

               Fire Chief Charles Lang
               Anytown Fire Department
               6th and Main Streets
               Anytown; Rhode Island  02881

               Fire Chief David Kuntz
               Washington County Fire Department
               11934 State Route 43
               Brixton, Rhode Island  02881
                                215

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  G
               Dr. Joyce Henderson
               Anytown Hospital
               2914 Elm Street
               Anytown, Rhode Island  028B1
               Dr: Joseph Smyth
               Washington County Hospital
               1293 State Route 43
               Georgetown,  Rhode Island  02881
               Mr. Robert Burns
               Rhode Island Emergency Management Agency
               1200 Washington Boulevard
               Providence,  Rhode Island  02908
               Ms. June Davidson
               Washington County Emergency Management Agency
               11850 State Route 43
               Brixton, Rhode Island  02881
G-7  Evacuation Plan
     All emergencies require prompt and deliberate action1.   In
     the event of any major emergency,  it will be necessary to
     follow an established set of procedures.  Such established
     procedures will be followed as closely as possible; however,
     in specific emergency situations,  the Emergency Coordinator
     may deviate from the procedures to provide a more effective
     plan for bringing the  situation under control.   The Emergency
    •Coordinator is responsible for determining which emergency
     situations require plant evacuation.

     The facility employs a warning system with a specific  alarm
     signal to initiate evacuation of all  plant areas.  In
     addition to the alarm,  the internal telephone system is
     used to notify key plant personnel as to the nature of the
     emergency and recommended plan of action.  Total plant
     evacuation is initiated only by an Emergency Coordinator.
                                216

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.: 0
                                             G
A fire alarm system is'installed with alarm boxes located

at critical areas throughout the plant.  The fire alarms

can also be used to summon aid in other emergency situations.

All applicable employees are familiar with alarm box locations


In the event plant evacuation is called for by the Emer-

gency Coordinator, the following actions will be taken:

     1.   The signal for plant evacuation will be
          activated.

     2.   The guards will immediately open the gates.
          No further entry of visitors, contractors,
          or trucks will be permitted.  All vehicle
          traffic within the plant will cease to allow
          safe exit of personnel and movement of
          emergency equipment.

     3.   ALL personnel, visitors, and contractors
          will immediately leave through the exit
          gate.

     4.   No persons shall remain or reenter the
          location unless specifically authorized by
          the person or persons calling for the evacu-
          ation.  In allowing this, the person in
          charge assumes responsibility for those
          persons within the perimeter.  Those within
          the fenced area will normally only include
          fire brigade personnel or emergency teams.

     5.   ALL persons will be accounted for by their
          immediate supervisors.  Supervisors will
          designate certain gates as the safest exits
          for his or her employees and will also
          choose an alternate exit if the first choice
          is inaccessible.  To assist in this endeavor,
          the Emergency Coordinator will use the
          internal telephone system to call the area
          supervisor, to inform him or her of the
          nature of the emergency.

     6.   During exit,  the supervisor should try to
          keep his or her group together.   Rally
          points for specific areas are shown in
          Figure 28.  Immediately upon exit through
          the gare,  the highest ranking supervisor

                           217

-------
                                         Date:  2/26/82
                                         Revision No.: 0
                                         G

      will prepare a list of all personnel at  the
      exit gate.  All other personnel who have
      persons reporting to then should report
      immediately to the front gate for  final
      accounting.

 7.   Upon completion of the employee list, the
      supervisor in charge will hand-carry the
      list to the Emergency Coordinator.  All
      other personnel will remain at the gate
      area.

 8.   Contract personnel should also be  listed
      with the name of their company.  Contract
      foremen should report to the front gate.

 9.   The names of fire brigade and/or other
      emergency team members involved in emergency
      response will be reported, in writing, to
      the front gate by designated response team
      personnel.

10.   A final tally of persons will be made by the
      Emergency Coordinator.

11.   No attempt to find persons not accounted for
      will involve endangering lives of others by
      reentry into emergency areas.

12.   A plant guard at each gate will also main-
      tain an updated list of all personnel to aid
      in the accountability procedure.

13.   Reentry into the fenced area will be made
      only after clearance is given by the Emer-
      gency Coordinator.  At his direction, a
      signal or other notification will be given
      for reentry into the plant.

14.   In all questions of accountability, immedi-
      ate supervisors will be held responsible for
      those persons reporting to them.  Visitors
      will be the responsibility of those employees
      they are seeing.  Contractors are the respon-
      sibility of those persons administering the
      individual contracts.   Truck drivers are the
      responsibility of the warehouse supervisor
      or the -area supervisor where the truck is
      loading/unloading.  The guards will aid in
      accounting for visitors,  contractors, and
      truckers by reference to the sign-in sheets.
                       218

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                -  G
         15.   Drills are held to practice all of these
               procedures and are treated with the same
               seriousness as an actual emergency.

G-8  Required Reports [40 CFR 264.56(d) and 264.56(1)1
     As required by §264.56(J), any emergency event (e.g., fire,
     explosion, etc.) that requires implementing the contingency
     plan will be reported in writing within 15 days to the EPA
     Regional Administrator.  A reporting form for emergency
     events is shown in Figure 32.

     In addition to these reporting requirements for state and
     Federal authorities, Tankopile also has internal reporting
     requirements.  The following incidents require that an
     incident report be completed and returned to the safety
     director within 5 working days and made part of the oper-
     ating record:
          1.   All fires
          2.   Rupture disc releases
          3.   Unusual gas or vapor releases
          4.   Chemical spills of more than 10 gallons (or
               smaller volumes if highly toxic materials are
               involved)
          5.   All injuries except minor cuts and bruises
               (all burns and chemical irritations)
          6.   All equipment damage due to malfunction or
               operating error
          7.   All "near misses" of the above variety that
               could have had serious consequences
                                219

-------
                                                            Date:   2/26/82
                                                            Revision:  0
                                                            G
                     REPORTING FORM FOR EMERGENCY  EVENTS
Name, address,  and phone number of owner  or  operator
Name, address,  and phone number of facility
Date, time, and type of incident (e.g.,  fire,  explosion,  etc.)
Name and quantity of material(s)  involved
Extent of injuries (if any)
Assessment of actual  or potential  hazards  to  human  health  or  the  environment
 (if applicable)
Estimated quantity and disposition of material  recovered  from  the  incident
Send to:(Name)
          U.S.  EPA,  Region I
          Regional  Administrator (EPA)
          JFK Federal  Bldg.
          Boston, Massachusetts  02203
          (Name)        Chief
          Environmental  Emergency Branch
          U.S.  EPA,  Region I
          JFK Federal  Bldg.
          Boston, Massachusetts  02203

          Figure 32.   Sample reporting  form for emergency events.

                                     220

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  G
Amendments to the Contingency Plan
     The contingency plan will be reviewed and immediately
     amended, if necessary, whenever:
          1.   The facility permit is revised
          2.   The plan fails in an emergency
          3.   The facility changes in its design, construction,
               operation, maintenance, or other circumstances  in
               a way that materially increases the potential for
               fires, explosions, or releases of hazardous waste
               or hazardous waste constituents, or changes in
               the response necessary in any emergency
          4.   The list of emergency coordinators change
          5.   The list of emergency equipment changes

G—9  Amendments to the SPCC Plan
     The TanJcopile Finishing Company, prior to the submission  of
     this application, did not have a Spill Prevention, Control
     and Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan.  Therefore, §264.52(b) is
     not applicable,  and the requirements for spill prevention,
     control and countermeasures were addressed in various
     sections of this contingency plan.
                                221

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  H
                            SECTION H
                       PERSONNEL TRAINING

     The information contained in this section outlines the
personnel training program for Tankopile's hazardous waste
storage facility in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR
§122.25(a)(12) and §264.16.

H-l  Outline of Training Program [40 CFR 122.25(a)(12)1
H-la  Job Titles and Duties
     Figure 33 shows the organization of personnel at the
     facility.  Only four employees are directly involved with
     the handling of waste:  The environmental engineer, the
     environmental operations foreman,  and two operators.
     Management responsibilities involving compliance with RCRA
     regulations but not involving actual handling of the wastes
     are split between the environmental engineer and the plant
     manager.   Maintenance personnel (i.e.,  electricians and
     mechanics) work in the waste handling area,  but they do not
     handle wastes directly.   The duties,  responsibilities, and
     qualifications of each position follow:
                                222

-------
                                                               Date:   2/26/82
                                                               Revision  No.:  0
                                                               H
                                PLANT MANAGER
                             Joseph A. Williams
                           ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER
                               John q. Smith*
                                ENVIRONMENTAL
                             OPERATIONS FOREMAN
                               Stephen S. Ray*
                                  OPERATORS
                             Michael H. ATwood*
                               Jerry I. Slate*
'indicates those personnel directly involved with hazardous waste activities,
         Figure 33.   Organization chart for Tankopile's HWM facility.
                                    223

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.: 0
                                             H

Position Title:  Environmental Engineer

Name of employee:  John Q. Smith

     Position Responsibilities and Duties:

     0    Emergency Coordinator for all hazardous waste
          activities.

     0    Training of plant personnel in the proper
          handling of raw materials,.intermediates,
          finished products, and waste byproducts.

     0    Responsible for all air, water, and solid waste
          control systems on the site.

     0    Obtains all required permits and licenses or
          modifications of same from local, state, and
          Federal regulatory bodies.

     0    Resolves problems involving permits and licenses
          from local,  state, and Federal regulatory
          agencies.

     0    Notifies proper authorities in emergency situa-
          tions.

     0    Reports to Plant Manager.

     0    Regularly inspects plant grounds and all facili-
          ties for status of air,  water, and solid/
          hazardous  waste emissions and controls.

     0    Consults with maintenance foreman on questions
          involving emergency action.

     0    Drafts and submits to plant manager all required
          reports to EPA or the State.

     Experience and Qualifications:

     0    B.S. degree  in Chemical, Civil, or Environmental
          Engineering.   B.S. Degree in Chemistry also
          acceptable.

     0    1-3 years  experience in industrial or municipal
          pollution  control management.

     0    Training and/or experience in hazardous waste
          management is desireable.
                           224

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.: 0
                                             H

Position Title:  Environmental Operations Foreman

Name of employee:  Stephen S. Ray

     Position Responsibilities and Duties:

     0    Overall operation and maintenance of the
          hazardous waste storage facility.

     0    Maintains facility compliance with RCRA and other
          permits.

     0    Oversees operators and reviews their performance.

     0    Trains operators to:

               Operate materials/drum handling equipment
                safely and effectively
               Handle leaks, spills, and emergency situa-
                tions

     0    Maintains operating log, monitoring records,
          maintenance records, inspection records, per-
          sonnel training records, and all other required
          records.

     0    Notifies plant environmental engineer, plant
          manager,  and if so directed, proper authorities
          in emergency situations.

     0    Schedules all maintenance and repairs to struc-
          tures and equipment for HWM facility.

     0    Oversees mechanic/electrician doing both
          scheduled and unscheduled maintenance and repair
          work to be sure he is not releasing hazardous
          wastes to the environment or contaminating
          himself.

     0    Reports to environmental engineer.

     Experience and Qualifications:

     0    Associate (2-yr) degree in Chemical, Civil,
          Environmental,  or Mechanical Engineering.

     0    2-3 years experience in plant operation.

     0    Hazardous waste management experience helpful but
          not required.
                           225

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.: 0
                                             H

          Note:  If applicant has no hazardous waste exper-
          ience, special training in the functions and
          operation of a hazardous waste storage facility
          will be required before assuming job responsibil-
          ities.  This training will be provided by
          Tankopile.
Position Title:  Operator

Names(s) of employee(s):  Michael H. Alwood
                          Jerry I. Slate

     Position Responsibilities:

     0    Reports to environmental operations foreman.

     0    Operates waste handling equipment.

     0    Reviews all incoming wastes and assigns wastes to
          proper storage location.

     0    Inspects tanks, drums, and other storage equip-
          ment, and any gauges, dials, and recorders as
          required for proper operation and structural
          integrity.

     .°    Inspects drum storage area for evidence of leaks
          and spills and inappropriately placed drums.

     0    Inspects emergency equipment on a regular basis.

     0    Assists in training of new operators and
          mechanics to handle hazardous waste spills and
          leaks safely and in such a way as to avoid
          exposures.

     0    Makes appropriate entries into operating log,
          monitoring records, inspection records, and
          maintenance records, and files them according to
          established system.

     0    Notifies foreman and other plant authorities as
          necessary in emergency situations.

     8    Takes emergency action on own authority in
          accordance with estaclishecTprocedures.
                           226

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  H
          Experience and Qualifications:
          0    High school diploma
          0    2-3 years experience as plant operator with
               related activities.
               Note;  Operator will also be required to maintain
               and inspect other pollution control equipment on
               the site.

H-lb  Training Content, Frequency, and Technique
     The program developed at Tankopile for training employees
     in the safe handling of hazardous wastes has been organized
     into a "training manual."  Provisions are made for updating
     or revising the text as necessary to ensure compliance with
     the terms of the RCRA permit.  Each employee has his or her
     own copy of the manual.  An outline of the training manual
     is shown in Figure 34.  This training manual is kept on
     file at the facility, and is available to EPA officials for
     review.

     During the training program, employees are instructed on
     (1) the hazardous nature of chemicals and chemical wastes
     in general,  (2) the purpose of RCRA and importance of
     maintaining compliance with RCRA regulations, (3) the
     hazardous nature of the wastes being stored in the facility,
     (4) proper handling and storage procedures for wastes,
     (5) emergency procedures and contingency plan.
     The manual is used as the basis or -framework for training
     Tankopile personnel in the proper procedures, equipment,
     and systems  to be used in managing hazardous wastes.
                                227

-------
                                                   Date:   2/26/82
                                                   Revision No.:  0
                                                   H
Preface

1.0   Introduction

          1.1  Chemical hazards  .
          1.2  The Resource Conservation  and Recovery Act - RCRA

2.0   Facility and Process Description

          2.1  Description of wastes to be  managed
          2.2  Description of storage  facility
          2.3  Key terms of the permit
          2.4  Normal/routine operations
          2.5  Waste analysis
          2.6  Recordkeeping and reporting  requirements
          2.7  Security
          2.8  Inspections

3.0   Emergency Procedures and Contingency Plans

          3.1  Emergency coordinator
          3.2  Emergency procedures
          3.3  Emergency communications/phone numbers and alarms
          3.4  Location, maintenance,  inspections,  and use of
               emergency equipment
          3.5  Procedures for waste feed  cutoff  systems
          3.6  Spill control and response to groundwater  con-
               tamination incidents
          3.7  Fires and explosions
          3.8  Power interruption or failure
          3.9  Tornadoes, hurricanes,  and severe storms

Appendix A  Summary of RCRA Regulations for Hazardous Waste
            Storage Facilities

Appendix B  Summary of Conditions Specific  in Tankopile's
            RCRA Permit

Appendix C  Training Programs in Hazardous  Waste Management
          Figure 34.   Outline of Hazardous Waste Training Manual
                               228

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.: 0
                                             H
For key personnel, Tankopile plans to supplement the train-
ing outlined in the manual with attendance at one or more
technical seminars or training programs on hazardous mate-
rials.  A list of such seminars or programs is included in
Appendix C of the training manual.
                                                         •
A brief description of each section of the training manual
follows:

Section 1 - Introduction
This section of the manual introduces Tankopile employees
to the general classes and characteristics of chemicals and
chemical wastes that can be hazardous to health and property.
In this context, the terms toxicity, reactivity, corrosivity,
and ignitability are defined.  It is Tankopile's policy
that each employee handling chemical substances (raw materials,
finished products, byproducts, and wastes) respect them and
be aware of these potential hazards.  The company's policy
on the use of protective clothing and safety equipment to
prevent accidental worker exposures and releases to the
environment of hazardous chemicals and wastes is introduced.
The authority for regulating hazardous wastes under the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) also is
discussed.  The regulatory framework for classifying haz-
ardous wastes,  setting operational•standards, and per-
mitting procedures and achieving compliance is explored.
The RCRA permit for Tankopile (once it is received) will
                           229

-------
                                             Date:   2/26/82
                                             Revision  No.: 0
                                             H
also be studied to be sure that each employee  is  familiar
with its terms.

Section 2 - Storage of Hazardous Wastes at Tankopile
This section focuses on the types of hazardous wastes  that
are handled and stored at Tankopile, normal/routine  storage
operations, and procedures for maintaining compliance  with
the RCRA permit (e.g., waste analysis, recordkeeping,
inspections, and security).  A site diagram showing  the
dimensions, capacity, and relative position of each  storage
area (tanks, containers, and piles) is included.

Training for normal or routine operating conditions  includes
the following topics:
     0    Proper operation and maintenance of the storage
          facility
     0    Scheduled inspections
     0    Purpose and use of security and communications
          systems
     0    Monitoring requirements for tracking and recording
          the operation of the facility
     0    Recordkeeping requirements and procedures
Section 3 - Emergency and Contingency Plans
The third section of the training manual provides detailed
instruction on steps to be taken in the event of an  emergency
such as a waste spill or fire,  power outage,  or damage from
wind and storms.  The emergency coordinator is clearly
identified,  as are emergency phone numbers and directions
                           230

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  H  •
     for locating and using onsite emergency equipment, alarms,
     and communications.  Contingency plans are also detailed.

     This manual is used in classroom training for both intro-
     ductory training and annual review.  All personnel involved
     with hazardous waste are required to complete 20 hours of
     classroom training in addition to 6 weeks on-the-job training.
     Also personnel receive an 8-hour classroom review training
     session once a year.  This is supplemented with attendance
     by the environmental engineer at seminars and conferences
     involving hazardous waste management.
H-lc  Training Director
     The personnel training program is directed by Mr. John Q.
     Smith, the plant Environmental Engineer.  Mr. Smith has
     been with Tankopile for 10 years.  He received a M.S.
     degree in Environmental Engineering from the University of
     Cincinnati in 1971.  He has been trained in all aspects of
     Hazardous Waste Management and attended various seminars on
     this subject.  Records of his previous and ongoing training
     are kept on file at the personnel office.
H-ld  Relevance of Training to Job Position
     Mr. John Q. Smith, the plant Environmental Engineer, is
     responsible for teaching hazardous waste management procedures,
     including contingency plan implementation, to all waste
     handling personnel.  The training program is tiered (Figure
     35) in some areas to provide training to personnel at
     levels that are relevant to their positions within the
                                231

-------



Environmental Engineer
Environmental Operation
Foreman
Operators


Personal
safety
B
i B
B

Release
prevention
and re-
sponse
B
B
B


Contingency
plan
B
B
L


Emergency
procedures
B
B
B
Hazardous
waste man-
agement
and prac-
tices
B
B
L


Record
keeping
B
L
L


Hazardous waste
handl ing and
operations
B
B
B
w   B = broad Instruction
10   L = limited  instruction
                          Figure 35.   Level of  training for hazardous waste personnel.
                                                                                                                        BC yo a
                                                                                                                          a 01
                                                                                                                          < rt
                                                                                                                          H- 
                                                                                                                          in ••
                                                                                                                          H-
                                                                                                                          O
                                                                                                                          a to

                                                                                                                          Z ro
                                                                                                                          O cr>

                                                                                                                          .. oo
                                                                                                                            to
                                                                                                                          o

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  H
     plant.  For example, the foreman receives training in
     recordkeeping and other procedures required for compliance,
     whereas the operators do not.  Operators are more spec:fical-
     ly trained to maintain proper and safe operating procedures
     and to respond effectively in the event of a spill or other
     emergency.
H-le  Training for Emergency Response
     This training program is designed to ensure that personnel
     not only handle hazardous wastes in a safe manner but also
     properly respond to emergency situations.  The program
     trains hazardous waste handling/management personnel to
     maintain compliance under both normal operating conditions
     and emergency conditions.
     Training elements addressing nonroutine and emergency
     situations  (unscheduled shutdowns and startups related to
     storms, power outages, fires, explosions, spills) include:
          0    Procedures for locating, using, inspecting,
               repairing, and replacing facility emergency and
               monitoring equipment
          0    Key procedures for automatic waste feed cutoff
               systems
          0    Emergency communication procedures and alarm
               systems
          9    Response to fires or explosions
          0    Response to ground water contamination incidents
               and. procedures for containing, controlling, and
               mitigating spills
          0    Shutdown of operations and power failure procedures
          9    Procedures for evacuation of nearby areas
                                233

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  H
     In addition to the hazardous waste management personnel,  a
     company fire brigade is on standby for response to all
     fires and other general plant emergencies.  This fire
     brigade is trained both with classroom training methods and
     fire drills.  The classroom training is required for intro-
     ductory training and as an annual review for each member
     assigned to the fire brigade.  The fire brigade training  is
     not addressed in the hazardous waste training manual.  For
     more information contact Tankopile's safety officer, George
     Shoe at 555-6790.  The fire drills occur at a minimum of
     six times a year and are unannounced.

H-2  Implementation of Training Program
     The director of the training program and all current waste-
     handling personnel have been fully trained at the time of
     this submittal.  In the future, all new personnel will
     complete this training program within 6 months of assignment
     to the hazardous waste storage facility or within 6 months
     of their date of employment, whichever is later.  No employee
     hired to work at this facility will work unsupervised prior
     to completion of the training program.
     Employees are required to meet annually for review and
     update of this training program and to discuss and study
     the following subjects:
          1)   All hazardous wastes currently being handled at
               the facility, noting any changes in waste type,
               volume, source, characteristics, or location that
               have occurred during the past year.
                                234

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.: 0
                                             H

     2)   The status of storage and operating conditions
          and procedures,  noting any areas where there are
          problems or potential for problems.  Employees
          participate in developing effective solutions.

     3)   The requirements contained in the facility's RCRA
          permit, noting any changes that have occurred
          during the past year.  Areas where maintenance of
          compliance is a problem are identified and dis-
          cussed, and effective solutions are sought.

     4)   Incidents that have occurred in the past year
          that warranted use of contingency plans and/or
          emergency action.  This review focuses on the
          cause of the incident and identification of steps
          to be taken to prevent or to ensure better han-
          dling of such events in the future.

The annual review will also utilize the facility's annual

report to EPA as a working document for the review.


Records documenting the job title for each position, job

descriptions, names of employees, and completed training

programs (both introductory and review) will be kept onsite

in the personnel office of Tankopile Finishing Company.

These records will be kept until closure of the facility

for current employees and for 3 years from the date of the

individual employee's termination for former employees.
                           235

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  I
                            SECTION I
              CLOSURE PLAN, POST-CLOSURE PLAN, AND
                     FINANCIAL REQUIREMENTS

     This Section is submitted in accordance with the require-
ments of 40 CFR §122.25(a)(13), §264.112 through 115, §264.178,
§264.197, and §264.258.  This plan identifies all steps that
will be necessary to partially close the facility at any point
during its intended operating life and to completely close the
facility at the end of its intended operating life.  The plan
also addresses the conditions and reasons under which partial
  •
closure will occur.  A post-closure plan is not required because
this is not a disposal facility and all wastes are being removed
at closure
     Tankopile will maintain an onsite copy of the approved
closure plan and all revisions to the plan until the certifica-
tion of closure completeness has been submitted and accepted by
EPA, Region I.  The Tankopile owner will notify the Regional
Administrator at least 180 days prior to the date we expect to
begin final closure.  The closure date for closure of the entire
facility will be 2002.  Upon completion of closure, the Tankopile
owner will submit to the Regional Administrator a certification
by both the Tankopile owner and by a local independent registered
professional engineer that the facility has been closed in
accordance with the specifications in the approved closure plan.
                               236

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  I
1-1  Closure Plan [40 CFR 122.25(a)(13)1
I-la  Closure Performance Standard [40 CFR 264.111]
     This closure plan was designed to ensure that the facility
     will not require further maintenance and controls, minimizes
     or eliminates threats to human health and the environment,
     and avoids escape of hazardous waste, hazardous waste
     constituents, leachate,  contaminated rainfall, or waste
     decomposition products to the ground or surface waters or
     to the atmosphere.  If there is evidence of any spills or
     leaks, samples will be taken and analyzed to determine the
     extent of contamination in the soil and if necessary, in
     groundwater.  Any contaminated soil will be excavated,
     removed, and disposed of at a proper disposal facility.
     Any contaminated groundwater will be remedied.  The entire
     site will be regraded subsequent to closure to prevent
     erosion.  The following sections discuss in detail efforts
     to be made at Tankopile to satisfy the closure performance
     standard.
I-lb  Partial and Final Closure Activities
     Tankopile expects to perform partial closure when we remove
     our waste pile from its current location in the eastern
     portion facility to a new location in the northern portion
     facility.  Final closure activities on the waste pile will
     occur in 1982.  Our procedures for final closure of the
     waste pile, including waste removal, cleanup and decontam-
     ination activities, are described in Section  I-ld(3) of the
                              . 237

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  I
     closure plan.  Partial closure of the container storage and
     tank storage operations are not planned.  However, in the
     event that future circumstances or decisions force us to
     discontinue our hazardous waste tank storage or hazardous
     waste container storage activities, Sections I-ld(2) and
     I-ld(l) of the closure plan present our procedures for
     final closure of each of the two storage areas.  Any modifi-
     cations to our existing facility equipment, structures,
     instruments or procedures related to the management of the
     three distinct portions of the facility will result in
     Tankopile updating the partial closure plan, and revising
     the closure plan accordingly. .

     At a maximum we expect the operation to consist of storage
     of 100 drums, 2 tanks and 1 waste pile during the life of
     the facility.  Section I-lc of the closure plan describes
     the maximum inventory of wastes in storage at any given
     time during the operating life of Tankopile.  Tankopile
     will secure permission to dispose of its wastes and enter
     into contractual agreements with XTC (an off-site surface
     impoundment) and the FEI hazardous waste landfill.
I-lc  Maximum Waste Inventory
     The following table shows the maximum inventory of wastes
     in storage at any given time during the operating life of
     Tankopile for 1 waste pile, 100 containers, and 2 tanks.
                               238

-------
                                                  Date:   2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  I
          Waste pile:
            metal hydroxide sludge           50 yd3
                                             50 yd0 total
          Containers:
            metal grindings                  1870 gal
            vinyl acetate sludge              605 gal
            vinyl chloride sludge             605 gal
            pickle liquor sludge             2420 gal
                                             5500 gal total
          Tanks:
            pxckle liquor                    7500 gal
            1,1,1-trichloroethane            7500 gal
                                            15000 gal total
I-Id  Inventory Removal and Disposal or Decontamination of Equip-
      ment
     Following waste removal,  all piping to and from the two
     storage tanks will be disconnected, dismantled and decontam-
                                                      »
     inated.  The work will be supervised and performed using
     qualified Tankopile personnel.  Personnel will be equipped
     with acid/solvent resistant coveralls (olefin material,
     coated with heavy polyethylene film), head protection,
     neoprene-coated gloves and boots -resistant to solvents and
     acids.  Both the wrists and ankles will be taped (electrical
     tape) to protect against upward and inward splash.  Full
     face respirators with organic vapor and acid gases filter
     cartridges that seal directly to the mask will be used.
     Chemical neutralizers and spill control pillows will be
     employed in the event of any spills resulting from pipe
     drainage during the disconnection and dismantling process.
     Spill saturated spill control pillows will be placed in a
     55-gallon polyethylene-lined, steel recovery drum located
     at the dismantling area for temporary storage.

                               239

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision No.: 0
                                             I
Since contact of hydrochloric acid with some metals produces
explosive hydrogen gas, extreme caution will be taken to
utilize non-sparking tools and equipment during all cleanup
and decontamination activities.  Strict supervision will
include provision for no open flames, hot surfaces, or
smoking to be present in and surrounding the work areas.

The 3-in lines which transport the waste from the plant to
the storage tanks will be dismantled.  Positive displacement
pumps, used to pump the wastes to tankers, and valves will
be disconnected.  In cases when it is difficult to remove
all liquid or solid residues as these residues may be
trapped behind heavy scale or rust or may be too viscous
for pumping, the pipes, valves, pumps, dump trucks, and
forklift trucks will be steam-cleaned to remove the residues.
All contaminated wash waters, generated as a result of the
steam-cleaning process, will be pumped by a positive dis-
placement pump into a tanker truck and transported to the
XTC facility (an off-site surface impoundment) located 30
miles from Tankopile in Kranville, Rhode Island (EPA 1.0.
Number RI0000020000).

Soils in the facility are not expected to be contaminated
by the waste storage at Tankopile.  However, the possibility
of contamination occurring during the dismantling and
cleaning of equipment and structures exists.  An allowance
has been made in the closure costs for removal and disposal
                          240

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  r
     of approximately 20 yd3 using a front-end loader.  If
     evidence of possible areas of soil contamination (in the
     form of soil discoloration or odor) exists,  a soil sampling
     program will be instituted to determine the extent of soil
     contamination in those areas.  At least one soil sample
     will be taken from the waste pile area (after removal of
     the liner) and one sample near the container storage area,
     where unloading operations occur.  Augor soil borings with
     collected samples will be transported to a laboratory with
     GC/MS and atomic absorption capabilities.  If contamination
     is found in the- soil, those areas will be excavated to the
     depth at which no contamination is detected.  All soils,
     contaminated equipment to be disposed, and solid residues
     will be loaded and transported by truck to the PEI landfill
     located 10 miles east of this facility in Newburg, Rhode
     Island (EPA 1.0. Number RI0000010000).

     Prior to leaving any of the site locations undergoing
     decontamination, decontamination of personnel protective
     clothing will be conducted by removing all bulk material
     from the boots and spraying, washing, and scrubbing with
     detergent solution all outside protective clothing mate-
     rials as well as exposed skin surfaces (i.e., facial area). '
I-ld(l)  Closure of Containers
     All the drum containers in the Tanxopile container storage
     area will first be removed for transport to tiie PEI landfill.
     Because of the incompatibility of the types of wastes, the

                               241

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  I
     corrosive sludge drums, toxic metal gnndings drums, and
     ignitable sludgejs drums will each be transported along with
     the pallets on separate truck trips to the landfill.  The
     drums will be moved utilizing a forklift.

     The container storage area will then be decontaminated with
     a series of solvent washes and all waste water and residues
     generated will be collected in the sumps and pumped to the
     holding tanks for immediate analysis and, if laboratory
     analysis indicates that the waste is hazardous, the material
     will be pumped from the holding tanks into tanker trucks
     and sent for off-site disposal at the XTC surface impound-
     ment.  If laboratory analysis shows no evidence of contam-
     ination, waste water and residues in the holding tanks will
     be discharged to the sewer system.  The automatic sump
     pumps in each of the sump areas will then be removed and
     decontaminated as described in Section I-Id.

     Approximately 550 gallons of waste water and residue are
     anticipated to result from the container storage area
     decontamination process.
I-ld(2)  Closure of Tanks
     The final spent hydrochloric acid waste load stored in the
     tank is pumped to a tanker (by use of a positive displace-
     ment pump)  and transported to the local publicly owned
     treatment works (POTW)  for treatment.   The 1,1,1-trichloro-
     ethane solvent is pumped to a tanker in a similar manner,
     and the waste is transported to a reclamation facility.
                               242

-------
                                             Date:  2/26/82
                                             Revision "No.: 0
                                             I
1,1,1-trichloroethane, upon contact with acid or acid
fumes, can evolve highly toxic chloride fumes and HC1 may
react with water or steam to produce toxic and corrosive
fumes.  For safety considerations due to the proximity of
the two tanks to each other, Tankopile elects not to perform
dismantling, cleaning and decontamination of the two tanks
and associated piping concurrently, but in a sequential
manner.  Using properly qualified Tankopile personnel
protected as described in I-Id, the following procedures
will be used to decontaminate each of the two tanks:

First, the waste outlet valve will be opened to allow waste
residuals remaining on the bottom to drain from the tanks.
The waste will be drained from the tanks into 55-gallon
polyethylene-lined, steel recovery drums located directly
beneath the outlet.  When filled, the drums will be sealed
and sent off-site by truck to the PEI landfill for disposal.
The waste outlet valve will then be closed.

A 2,000 gallon-per-hour steam cleaning unit (capable of
washing a 16,000-gallon area of storage capacity/hour) will
be rented to decontaminate the tanks.  This process will
generate residues in the form of contaminated wash waters.
The waste outlet valve will again be opened and contaminated
wash waters will be drained into 55-gallon steel recovery
drums, sealed,  and sent off-site by truck to the XTC surface
impoundment for disposal.  Approximately 2000 gallons of

                          243

-------
                                              Date:   2/26/82
                                              Revision No.:  0
                                              I
 contaminated wash waters are anticipated to be  generated
 during the steam cleaning of all tanks and equipment.

 All the ancillary equipment associated with the tank will
 be detached from the tank.   The equipment to be disconnected
 includes the nozzle for the level transmitter,  piping
 inlets and piping exits.   The pipes will be decontaminated
 by steam cleaning.   Any visible spills or leakage detected
 during the disconnection process will immediately be remedied
 by spill saturation pillows,  as discussed in Section I-ld.

 To assess whether the tank steam cleaning process has been
 successful for the 1,1,1-trichloroethane storage tank,  a
 member of the clean-up team will enter the tank with full
 protective gear and a combustible gas/oxygen detector.   The
 team member will assess the hazard of the tank  by local
 diffusion measurement of the percent of lower explosive
 limit  of any residual 1,1,1-trichloroethane vapor in the
 tank.   The detected presence of measured oxygen levels
 below  19.5%,  or of combustible gas will result  in rewashing
 the tank.   For the HC1 tank,  litmus paper will  be used for
 sampling the pH of the last drainage wash water.   A neutral
.pH reading will indicate  decontamination is complete.
 Next,  the concrete slab supporting the tank will be steam
 cleaned.   The tank will then be dismantled from the founda-
 tion structure supports and either sold for scrap or resold.
                           244

-------
                                                  Date:   2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  I
I-ld(3)   Closure of Waste Pile
     The waste pile presently located in the northeastern sec-
     tion of the facility will be removed by June 1982.   Closure
     of the waste pile will involve removal of the metal hydrox-
     ide sludge from the waste pile area.  Tankopile personnel
     dressed in protective equipment described in Section I-Id
     will participate in the closure of the pile.  Due to the
     design of the containment system of our waste pile storage
     area, the 2'6" of sand and the 1'6" of pea gravel underlying
     the pile must be removed since the waste pile has in all
     probability contaminated these layers.  Extra precaution
     will be taken in removing the pea gravel to avoid damaging
     the CPE liner and the"4"-thick bentonite layer liner beneath
     the pea gravel.  The waste materials, excavated by a front-
     end loader, will be loaded onto a dump truck equipped with
     equipment to avoid release of hazardous material over the
     sides.  The material will be transported to the PEI landfill
     for disposal.
     To avoid contamination of soils surrounding the piping due
     to cracking or stresses due to excavation, the surface of
     the bentonite liner will be flushed with water, to drain and
     clean the perforated clay underdrains and remove residual
     materials from the pipe that goes to the collection sump.
     Leachate collected in the sump will be pumped into a tanker
     truck for transport to the XTC surface impoundment.  After
     several flushings in this manner, the clay layer will be
                               245

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  I
     excavated with a backhoe and the leachate collection piping
     system,  waste pile underdrains,  and the submersible pump
     will be removed.  The materials  (except for the pump) will
     be transported to the PEI landfill for disposal.  The pump
     will be steam cleaned for reuse.  Soils in the excavated
     zone and within the perimeter ditch will be examined for
     signs of contamination and at least one soil core sample
     taken,  as discussed in Section I-Id.  If there is no proven
     contamination of the area,  the excavation will be backfilled
     with fill soil from local sources and regraded.  The collec-
     tion sump will be backfilled to  prevent collection of
     rainwater and erosion.
I-le  Schedule for Closure
     Within 90 days after receipt of the final volume of hazard-
     ous wastes,  final closure activities will be initiated.
     Completion of closure will be within ISO days of this
     occurrence.   All financial calculations are based on a
     closure date in the year 2002.  The Regional Administrator
     will be notified by Tankopile 180 days before beginning
     final closure.  The proposed schedule for closure is shown
     in Figure 36.  Final closure will be supervised and certi-
     fied by a professional engineer, in addition to the owner
     or operator.
I-lf  Extensions  for Closure Time [40 CFR 264.113(a) and 264.113(b)]
     Tankopile Finishing Company will not require an extension
     for closure  time.
                               246

-------
Activity
1. Receipt of ,
final volume of
hazardous waste
2. Removal/disposal of final
waste inventory
3. Solvent wash of tank
storaye and pipiny system
pile liner
4. Removal /disposal of
solvent washinys
5. Dismantling and scrapping
or selling of storaye
tanks and pipiny.
Removal of pile liner.
6. Soil sampling
7. Removal of contaminated
soil
8. Completion of closure and
certification subwittal to
EPA Regional Administrator
Day
10
k

••








20


••








30


•








40



—


•




50











60












70












80












90







••




100












s
110








•M



120








•



130











140











ISO











160











170











180









A

"s?
                                                                                    O
                                                                                    tu
                                                                                   < rt
Figure 36.  Anticipated closure  schedule.
  H-
  O
  3 10

  5JIO
  O en
                                                                                     M

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  I
1-2  Post-closure Plans [40 CFR 122.25(a)(13)1
     Post-closure care will not be needed for  this facility
     because this is not a disposal facility.

1-3  Notice in Deed and Notice to Local Land Authority [40 CFR
     122.25(a)(14)]
     Because Tankopile is only a hazardous waste storage facility
     and not a disposal facility, notation is  not necessary in
     the deed informing potential purchasers of restrictions
     associated with a disposal site,  as required by 40 CFR
     264.120.

1-4  Closure Cost Estimate f40 CFR 122.25(a)(15) and 264.1421
     The closure cost information presented is  submitted in
     accordance with the requirements  of 40 CFR §122.25(a)(15),
     §264.142,  and §264.143.

     An estimated $57,500 (March 1982  cost estimate) will be
     needed to close the Tankopile hazardous waste storage
     facilities.  The closure costs are presented by activity in
     Table 14.   Activities include removal of  waste inventory,
     decontamination,  disposal of wash solvents,  disposal of
     contaminated soil,  and closure certification.

     The assumptions made in the cost.estimate  are as follows:
     1.    Removal of final waste inventory. The waste volume is
          100 drums of assorted wastes; 7500 gallons of waste
          HC1,  7500 gallons of waste 1,1,1-trichloroethane,  and
          50 yd3 of metal hydroxide sludges.  Disposal cost
          estimates are based on land  disposal  of the drums and
          waste pickle liquor, incineration of the waste 1,1,1-
          trichloroethane .
                               248

-------
                                                             Date:   2/26/82
                                                             Revision  No.:  0
                                                             I
                      TABLE 14.   CLOSURE COST ESTIMATE3
A.   Tanks

     1.    Removal of final waste Inventory

          a.    Disposal cost (7,500 gal HC1 waste
                @ 50.10/lb)                                      5 6,000
          b.    Disposal cost (7,500 gal 1,1,1-trichloro-
                ethane 9 50.15/lb)                                 9,000
          c.    Plant labor (8 h 0 S12/h)                              96
          d.    Hauling (2 trips @ S350/trip)                         700

                    Subtotal                                     515,000

     2.    Decontamination of storage tanks, piping, and
           pipe liner

          a.    Solvent (100 gal @ S2/gal)                        5   200
          b.    Supervision (20 h # S20/h)                            400
          c.    Labor (40 h @ S12/H)                                  480
          d.    Dismantling of two 7500-gal tanks and
                ancillary equipment (8Q h @ S12/h)                   960
          e.    Disposal cost of solvent, water washes and
                spill control pillows (35 drums @ $40/drum)        1,400
          f.    Discharge cost to the city sewer system               260

                    Subtotal                                      $3,700

8.    Containers

     1.    Removal of final waste inventory

          a.    Disposal cost (100 drums of various chemicals
                
-------
                                                               Date: 2/26/82
                                                               Revision  No.:  0
                                                               I
 TABLE 14(continued)

      2.   Disposal of contaminated base material, liner,
           foudnation, and contaminated soil

          a.   Removal (50 tons:  80 h @ $62/h)
          b.   Hauling (2 trips @ 5350/trip)
          c.   Disposal (50 tons @ SSO/ton)
          d.   Disposal of residual liquid from sump

                    Subtotal

      3.   Decontamination of equipment

          a.   Rental of steam cleaner (2 day @ $75/day
          b.   Disposal of decontamination residues
                (5 drum @ $407drum)

                    Subtotal

0.    Soil Sampling and Analysis

      1.   Core samples
      2.   Core analyses

                    Subtotal

E.    Closure Certification

      1.   Labor (P.E. 48 h @ S60/h)
      2.   Expenses (6 days @ $75/day)
      3.   Transportation (300 mi @ $0.23/mi
                    Subtotal
F.   Subtotal
     1.   Plus 15% administration
     2.   Plus 15% contingencies

G.   Total Closure Cost
$ 4,960
    700
  4,000
    250

 $9,900
    400
    600
   ^^•^^M

$ 1,000
$ 3,400

$44,300

  6,600
  6.600

$57,500
"1982 dollars.
                                      250

-------
                                               Date:   2/26/82
                                               Revision No.: 0
                                                I

   2.   Decontamination of storage  tanks, piping,  and  pile
       liner.Tanks  and piping  for  the HC1  tank  will be
       washed with water, whereas  the  1,1,1-trichloroethane
       tank will be washed with  an alcohol wash.  After
       removal of the waste pile,  the  pile liner  will also be
       removed by plant personnel.

   3.   Removal of solvent washings.   It is estimated  that  two
       drums of water wash and two drums of  alcohol solvent
       wash will require disposal.   Cost is  estimated at
       $40/drum.

   4.   Disposal of soil in contaminated area.  Although the
       soil is not expected to be  contaminated by the waste
       storage at Tankopile,  an  allowance has  been made in
       the closure costs for  removal and disposal of  approxi-
       mately 20 yd3.  It is  assumed that 1  yd3 of soil will
       weigh approximately 1  ton.

   5.   Closure certification.  The cost of certification of
       closure by a professional engineer  (P.E.)  is estimated
       on the basis of  a labor rate  of $40 per hour and an
       estimate of other expenses  for a 6-day  period.

   6.   Total costs were calculated by adding IS percent
       administrative costs and  15 percent  for contingencies.

   This closure cost estimate  will  be kept on file at  the

   Tankopile  facility.  It will be  revised whenever a  change

   in the closure plan affects the  cost of closure.   It will

  'be adjusted  annually  (from  the date of  its original develop-

   ment)  to  reflect  changes  in closure cost brought about  by

   inflation.   The Department  of  Commerce's Annual Implicit

   Price  Deflator  for  Gross  National  Product* will be  used to

   make this  adjustment.
Published by U.S. Dept. of Commerce in its monthly publication
"Survey of current Business."

                             251

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.: 0
                                                  I
1-5  Financial Assurance Mechanism for Closure [40 CFR Sections
     122.25(a)(l),  264.143, and 264.1501
I-5a  Closure Trust Fund [40 CFR Sections 264.143(a) and
      264.151(a)(l)]
     Tankopile will establish a closure trust fund as the selec-
     ted financial assurance mechanism at the Anytown National
     Bank.  An originally signed duplicate of the trust agree-
     ment will be sent to the Regional Administrator by certi-
     fied mail.  A copy of the agreement is attached as appendix
     C.  A payment of one-tenth of the estimated closure cost
     will be deposited annually in this account.   Although the
     expected life of the facility is 20 years,  the duration of
     the permit is expected to be 10 years.  Consequently,  the
     payment period will be 10 years.
I-5f  Combinations

1-6  Post-Closure Cost Estimate [40 CFR Sections  122.25(a)(16)
     and 264.144T
     Since all wastes will be disposed of off site',  there will be
     no post-closure activities or costs.
1-7  Financial Assurance Mechanism for Post-Closure [40 CFR
     Sections 122.25(a)(16) and 264.145T
     Since all wastes will be disposed of offsite,  there will be
     no post-closure activities or costs.
1-8  Liability Insurance [40 CFR Sections 122.25(a)(17) and 264.1471
I-8a  Sudden Insurance [40 CFR Sections 264.147(a), 264.151(1),
      and 264.151(j)]
     Tankopile has obtained liability insurance  for sudden and
     accidental occurrences in the amount of $1  million per
                               252

-------
                                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                                  Revision No.:  0
                                                  I
     occurrence with an annual aggregate of S2 million exclusive
     of legal defense costs.   An originally signed certificate
     of liability insurance has been sent to the Regional Admin-
     istrator by certified mail.  The certificate is worded as
     specified in 40 CFR 264.151(g).
I-8b  Nonsudden Insurance [40  CFR 264.147(b),  264.151(1), and
      264.15KJ)]
     Tankopile is a storage facility, therefore, no liability
     insurance is required for a nonsudden accidental occurrence.
I-8c  Financial Test [40 CFR 264.147(f) and 264.151(j)]
     Tankopile has an insurance policy for sudden and accidental
     occurrences, therefore,  the financial test is not necessary.
I-8d  Variance Procedures [40  CFR Section 264.147(c)]
     Tankopile will not request the Regional Administrator for a
     reduction of liability amounts.
I-8e  Adjustment Procedures [40 CFR Section 264.147(d)]
     If the Regional Administrator increases the amounts of
     liability coverage or elects to improve nonsudden liability
     coverage requirements, Tankopile will immediately seek an
     adjustment to the insurance policy discussed above.

1-9  State Assumption of Responsibility [40 CFR 264.150]
     Tankopile will not request state assumption of the legal or
     financial responsibilities.
                               253

-------
                                                   Date:   2/26/82
                                                   Revision No.:  0
                                                   j
                            SECTION J
                       OTHER FEDERAL LAWS

     Information will be provided in accordance with the re-
quirements of 40 CFR Part 122.25{a)(20) at the request of the
EPA Region I office.  At this time, however, we believe this
facility is in compliance with the following Federal laws; Wild
and Scenic Rivers Act, National Historic Preservation Act of
1966, Endangered Species Act,  Coastal Zone Management Act, and
the Fish and wildlife Coordination Act.
                                254

-------
                                                    Date:   2/26/82
                                                    Revision No.:  0
                          CERTIFICATION


     I certify under penalty of law that  I have  personally
examined and am familiar with the information  submitted in this
document and all attachments and that, based on  my inquiry of
those individuals immediately responsible for  obtaining the
information, I believe that the information is true,  accurate,
and complete.  I am aware that there  are  significant penalties
for submitting false information, including the  possibility of
fine and imprisonment.
Date:   "? V] ov(d\.  £b. /? 7 2- Signature.:    /))0<,/U/  / .  S^-J^-t/i^o
                                     Mary P ./Tones', President
                                 255

-------
                          REFERENCES


 1.  U.S. Department of Commerce.  Standard industrial classifi-
     cation manual.  1972 with 1977 supplement.

 2.  U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmo-
     spheric Administration, Environmental Data and  Information
     Service, National Climatic Center, Federal Building,
     Asheville, North Carolina  28801.

 3.  U.S. Geological Survey, Topographic Maps.  1100 South Eads
     Street, Arlington, Virginia  22202.

 4.  U.S. Geological Survey, Topographic Haps.  Box 25286
     Federal Center, Denver, Colorado  80225.

 5.  National Flood Insurance Program.  FIA flood maps.  P.O.
     Box 34294, Bethesda,  Maryland  20034.

 6.  Stern, A. C.  Air Pollution, Vol. 1, air pollutants, their
     transformation and transport, 1976.

 7.  Water Resources Council.  Guidelines for determining flood
     flow frequency.  Bulletin No. 17A.  Hydrology Committee.
     Washington, D.C.  1977.

 8.  Federal Insurance Administration.  The floodway:  a guide
     for community officials.  Number 4 in the community assist-
     ance series.  Federal Emergency Management Agency.
     September 1979.

 9.  General Facility Standards for Location of Facilities.
     Background document;  Standards applicable to owners and
     operators of hazardous waste treatment,  storage, and dis-
     posal facilities under RCRA,  Subtitle C,  Section 3004.  40
     CFR 264,  Subpart B,  Section 264.18.  December 30,  1980.

10.  Office of Coastal Zone Management.  National Oceanic and
     Atmospheric Administration,  Department of Commerce,  Wash-
     ington,  D.C.

11.  Dean.  L.  F.  Floodplain development pressures and Federal
     programs,  Part II:  Methods  used by Federal programs to
     reduce floodplain development pressures.   Research Group,
     Inc.,  Atlanta,  Georgia.  EPA Publication 130/1-79/0013,  May
     1978.

                                256

-------
12.  American Petroleum Institute Recommended Rules for Design
     and Construction of Large, welded, Low-Pressure Storage
     Tanks.  6th ed.  (current through Revision 2).  Standard
     620, API 2101 L St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037, 1978.

12.  American Petroleum Institute,  welded steel Tanks for Gil
     Storage.  7th ed.  Standard 650.

14.  American water works Association,  standard for steel
     Tanks - Standpipes, Reservoirs, and Elevated Tanks for
     Water Storage.  D100-79.  Denver, Colorado, 1979.

15.  American Society of Mechanical Engineers.  Boiler and
     Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII.  New York, 1974.

16.  Underwriters Laboratories.  Standard for Steel Above-ground
     Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids.  4th ed.
     Publication UL142.  Northbrook, Illinois, 1972.

17.  American Society for Testing and Materials.  1981 Annual
     Book of ASTM Standards, Pressure Vessel (35) Plate and
     Forging, Part 4.

13.  Department of the Army.  Flood-Proofing Regulations.
     EP 1165-2-314.  June 1972.

19.  Perry, R. B. and C. H. Chilton.  Chemical Engineers Hand-
     book.  5th Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1973.

20.  U.S. Department of the Army.  Design and construction of
     levees.   1978.

21.  U.S. Bureau of Reclamation.  Design of small dams.  1973.

22.  Department of the Army.  Wall design:  floodwalls.  1948.
     (Note:  new edition should be available in fall of 1981.)

23.  Tchobanoglous, G. H., Theisen,  and R. Eliassen.  Solid
     wastes:   enginerring principles and management issues,
     McGraw-Hill, Inc.,  New York, New York.  1977.

24.  Linsley, R. K.,  and J. B. Franzinc.  Elements of hydraulic
     engineering.  McGraw-Hill Book Company.   New York, New
     York.  1955.

25.  Settig,  M.   Landfill disposal of hazardous wastes and
     sludges.  Noyes Data Corporation.  Park Ridge, New Jersey.
     1979.

26.  American Concrete Institute.  ACI Manual of Concrete Prac-
     tice, Part 2.   1980.
                                257

-------
27.  Office of Solid Waste Management Programs.  Test Methods
     for evaluating solid waste.  Physical/Chemical methods.
     Environmental Protection Publication SW-846.  Washington,
     U.S. Government Printing Office, 1980.

28.  Sax, N. I.  Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials,
     Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., 1979.

29.  National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.
     NIOSH/OSHA Occupational health guidelines for chemical
     hazards, Publication No. 81-123, January 1981.

30.  Proctor, N. H.,  and J. P. Hughes.  Chemical hazards of the
     workplace.  1978.

31.  Touhill, Shuckrow and Associates, Inc.  Management of
     hazardous waste leachate.  Environmental Protection Publi-
     cation SW-871.  Washington, U.S. Government Printing
     Office, 1980.

32.  Industrial security systems and procedures,  book 70-2 of
     plant protection manual.  Plant Engineering.  Technical
     Publishing Co.  1980.

33.  National Fire Protection Association (NFFA).  Flammable and
     Combustible Liquids Code.  Boston, 1977.

34.  National Institute of Occupational Health and Safety.  A
     Guide to Industrial Respiratory Protection.  1976.

35.  Fire protection book 70-1 of Plant Protection manual.
     Plant Engineering.  Technical Publishing Co.  1981.

36.  Elements of industrial fire control, book 70-5 of plant
     protection manual.  Plant Engineering.  Technical Pub-
     lishing Co.  1980.

37.  Schupack,  M.  How to inspect and evaluate prestressed
     concrete tanks.   Public Works, September 1981.  p. 88-39.

38.  Valach, D., and A. Gaines.  Corrosion monitoring in chloro-
     solvents plant saves over $60,000 per year.  Chemical
     Processing, March 1981.  p. 20.

39.  Earley, D. E.  Source assessment:  Rail tank car, tank
     truck and drum cleaning - state-of-the-art.  Publication
     EPA-600/2-78-004g.  Cincinnati, Ohio,  April 1978.

40.  California Department of Health Services.  Samples and
     sampling procedures for hazardous waste.  Publication
     EPA-600/2-80-018.  January 1980.
                                258

-------
41.  National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.
     National Board Inspection Code, A manual for boiler and
     pressure vessel inspectors. 1155 North High Street, Colum-
     bus, Ohio.  1973.

42.  Matrecon, Inc.  Lining of waste impoundment and disposal
     facilities.  Environmental Protection Publication SW-870.
     Washington, U.S.  Government Printing Office, 1980.

43.  Tryon, G. H.,  and G. P. McKinnon.  Fire protection hand-
     book, 13th ed.  National Fire Protection Association.
     1969.

44.  Office of Solid Waste Management Programs.  Hydrologic
     simulation on solid waste disposal sites.  Environmental
     Protection Publication SW-868.  September 1980.

45.  Huibregtse, K. R.,  et al.  Manual for the control of haz-
     ardous material spills.  Volume I, Spill assessment and
     water treatment: techniques.  Publication EPA-600/2-77-227.
     1977.

46.  OSHA Standards, 29 CFR 1910.

47.  U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.  Guide to
     the disposal of chemically stabilized and solidified waste.
     Environmental Protection Publication SW-872.  Environmental
     Laboratory.  Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
     1980.

48.  National Fire Protection Association.  Fire protection
     guide on hazardous materials.  6th ed.  1975.

49. 'U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  A method for deter-
     mining the compatibility of hazardous waste.  Publication
     EPA-600/2-80-076.  Cincinnati, Ohio, April 1980.

50.  Robinson, J. S.,  Hazardous chemical spill cleanup, Noyes
     Data Corporation, Park Ridge, N.J., 1979.

51.  Environmental Protection Agency Background document -
     Listing of hazardous wastes.  (40 CFR 261) Sections 261.31
   •  and 261.32, and its Appendix A.  Health and Environmental
     Effect Profiles.

52.  Weiss, G.  Hazardous chemicals data book.  Noyes Data,
     1981.

53.  Smith, A. J.,  Jr.,  Managing hazardous substances accidents.
     McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1981.
                                259

-------
54.  Acurex Corporation and Metcalf & Eddy, Inc.  Closure of
     hazardous waste surface impoundments.  Environmental Pro-
     tection Publication SW-873.  Washington,  U.S. Government
     Printing Office, 1980.

55.  Bureau of Law and Business, Inc.  Employer's handbook of
     hazardous waste training programs.  Stamford, Connecticut.
     1982.

56.  Southwest Research Institute,  Department of Special
     Studies.  Technical Resource Documents - Land Disposal and
     Other Facilities.

57.  American Petroleum Institute.   Guide for inspection of
     refinery equipment, chapter 5,  third edition.  December
     1978.  Washington,  D.C.

58.  National Fire Protection Association.  Cleaning small tanks
     and containers.   NFPA No.  327,  1975.  Boston, Massa-
     chusetts .

59.  Financial Assurance for closure and post-closure care:
     requirements for owners or-operators of hazardous waste
     treatment,  storage or disposal  facilities.   Guidance Docu-
     ment.  ICF,  Inc., SW-955.   May  1982.
                                260

-------
                                  Date:  2/26/82
                                  Revision: 0
            APPENDIX A

GENERAL INFORMATION AND HAZARDOUS
    CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTES
    Excerpted from:  Dangerous
    Properties of Industrial
    Materials, Fourth Edition, 1975
         by N. Irving Sax
                 261

-------
                                                                            Dace:    2/26/82
                                                                            Revision  No. :    0
 HYDROCHLORIC ACID
 Gcaml lafoRutfcM
 Synonym: nuwuiie tad: calonhydnc tad: hydroaca
    chJortde.
                                                    a-TXICHLOROrTHANE
 ParanUiHa
 Mai «: J4.47. op: -I14JX. bp: -4CIT. d: I.6J9
    I/UtBT (pil a  in fermcd only it IB iBlutaior u PIIHBL
Fin Haauri: Hiialy dantnwa woca urpciad to beat or
                                                   Spomaacaui Heatuif: No.
                                                   EiptoiiBa Haard; Smn. IB tat (arm of vapor '
                                                       upoaid 10 heat or oana>
                                                   DoaacrHaard:  Voy danijiDiK *baa  bnart n 
                                                       ^afflpmitioni  it caun hiibly loac Auaai of pooa*
                                                       faoa: can reaa  vigorously with  oudian«  maw-
                                                       mhv  Btfora  uonni or hamflinf iha maunai o-
                                                       mncaana for ita am should ba obiaioad (ram ttaa
SpoRiaaaoai Hatu«: No.
Eipiouon Haard: Unknown.
Dauttr Haard: Oantcroua: wbaa baaud to i
   •ooa, it buna tad omat acnd ftoaaa; i
   wnaondiaati
                    roue IMAM umv COM 
-------
                                                Date:   2/26/82
                                                Revision No.:    0
Synonym, plumbum.
Bluoh-tray. loft mtuL
Famuli. Pb.
Al •»: M7.21. mp: 3Z7.4IX bp: I630X A. 11JM «
   »varC. np. pranv: 1 an *t 9WC
   TiMt 5. Afiiflail
   to MB* *n b»
   M«V mt
   (X UnmuB
                       -fh. TH - 52k. Onyt
                           . Emu -ft at 0.40
                    TH'Zly. O«inwndia>
                     f» at 9.013 (II «V 0061
                         at am*  M«V. -Pb
                               r^
                               n§
   (lf«) M«V.
         •m
         1-1
         i Saw). TV» - tafia. Otctyi to
   -SI by toMMM 4*t of 0.16 (5*), a>» (11%). OJ8
   (14*) fcfcV. Ate «BM T'i «< OL34. 030 MtV wd
   M*fVyin
Blnnm U««Bnn>1*  n^^^&nBBBnl^ <^ *4^ fcwnnBi jn*T 
-------
                                         Date:   2/26/82
                                         Revision  No.:   0
CnOMIUMCOMFOUNDI

Tone Hurt Hume:
  torte


  •d at » lad pmcfl My hi fond, dtttftr i
  IM bMi of ite aadt.« iht bmdtlM. teMMi at
      	        ~    tarn tad to to
       «d pnvw dOTriy. Itey «• fnnnUy
      •. IMM tteMft qoMdin. Th«y hal ilo^y.



  OMA, pWflHHMB Of liM HMl ttfflHH B
  tea iiiuduMi w dtfofniy a( tta on*.
                      xrfttal
                264

-------
                                                                                    Date:    2/26/82
                                                                                    Revision  No.:    0
LEAD COMPOUNDS
Teaic Hacard Rauaa:
  Acute Local: 0.
  Acute Syiienue- Intouoa 3: Inhalauoo 3.
  Chronic Local: 0.
  Chronic Syiumic: Incawwa 1. Inhalation 1: Skin Ab-
   wOfpuofi 3.
Toaieolov Lead paoonint a one of the uommonmt of
   occupational dbvaie*. The praaencc of kad-beanai
   oaieruua or tad eompoundi in ea mduMnai plant
   daea not aaceuanly mull ia eapoaun on the pan
   of the workman. The toad IBUH be in tuch (arm.
   ad a dninbMod. e> to (an emrenee  UNO the body
           i of tha workman ia ojenunhle quality.
                      i cea be uid to «UL II • a
                       of ae laaea  aad kidnryi
   (Section I).
      Mode of entry owo body:
    I. By  atfMBUoa of  OH  '
    X Throw* the akin: that root m of     ^

              l*"a"*to 2*001 of the
                 uanBBB.gfao
                                                         to ha more tone than mnallic toad  or other lead
                                                         eompoundi. Lted inenaie u wy toaic. due 10 the
                                                         greacoce o( the anetuc radical.
                                                         .  and  Symptom*:  Indutinal toed  pooonui com-
                                                         monly occur* followine prolonted tipoiure to lead
                                                         or M  compound*.  The common clinical type* of
                                                         lead pouooinc may be damned accordini to their
                                                         diaieal picture  u (a> tiimenunr: (b) aeuromoior.
                                                         aad (e) encephalic. Some caae* may thow a com-
                                                         bmaooo of dimcal type*. Tbe tiimentary type oc-
                                                         cur* moat frequently, and a characieruad  by ah-
                                                         datmaal docarafofl or pain.  Seven cue* may pr*»
                                                         aem actual colic. Other complainu are eomiipeuoa
                                                         and/or diarrhea, Ion of appetite, metallic lawe.
                                                         aauata and •omiuns, laauiude. imomiua. weakaeu.
                                                         jam tod anode paint,  imutbiuiy.  headache and
                                                         -tun—  Pallor, lead line on the  fumv oyorrhea,
                                                         loai of  awjBPL abdoBitnal  tendcrncu,  baaopbilic
                                                                   latmia.  diohi aibtmununa,
                                                                   ration, aad a lacreate in the toad i
                                                             of UN whole Mood, an turn* »hieh aw

                                                           to the aeuromuacular type, the dnef
                                                         B) aMineii   (requently of tha tiunaor Bode* of
                                                         the WIM aad hand,  unuaural or bilateral. Other.
                                                         ™*d* aTQ«"» ,»*"c»  are aibrtct to coatuat UM

                                                         ally ureaent.  bat an at at enen  n  a the ato»
Slr^'aUfaMdfto PMBMta baffo'aa
                     of toad  an OBBaary to
             lK aborpooa a by i
A taBflaV pBWaf Of
to prnimnj  niiuiiiia OB the
                      tta pom of new of
    bold  ua a  the body  cad  neniiielly a
    JbM^llfv flM
    Inejlll7« IBB
    n the  body thaa aonully  .
    which * nrdy itven. Tbe lo» of
                               of
                                                             mat vorker U foUoew rapid tod heavy lead
	I ramdly ihrouih the i
ea IBIBUBB the luaea, aad in tetacuvely
by the oaml nerveo* iy*un The diaical	
• thai can a uuelly a eacepbelopethyJWth to-

uooi a the central nervou* lyttem an reached only
whaa the workptace • heavily
                                                              tad often
                                                                                _! by Ham) of	
                                                                            	^ There • uwally atuper.
                                                                             wnh or without aoavoutian,
                                                                            I IB <***t|>  ExQtaaoB, fianfu-
                                                          ^^	i jg m.irftf ca*e> of
                                                          than duniMO,  then may ba lymptema of bead-
                                                                                                  Tba
•ynaiiia i^ai^am ••• «^BWWW""» ^    •»•   •^^"
A* retard* the effect  of toad oa the wtae blood
caUa, then a ao untformity of owmton. Ia addnaw
10 us effect oa the red ovJt of uabtood. laadpio-



deaihi annbutad  to  toad poaomot od
mental work oa tmmaht, have ihowa .
      t of the kidney*, over,  male fonadt.
                     ad other tame*. Moaa of
                                                                    A diacBoao) of lead i
                                                                   oa the beia of any finale diaical or labora-
                                                              tory Oadias, Than nuu b* a salary of usmncsm
                                                                                             (a
                                                              	el uumptiihle with the ducBan. tad oonorm*
                                                              aiary laboratory ten. lacrean of uipplod red blood
                                                              ,—11.  QBj^ .«-•»».», (art devetad lead ut blood cad
                                                                    M. aon thaa aor at/100 ad blood ad
                                                                     value* par mar of urme.  AB laereea of
                                                                             iad certaiB tmino teuh) ia unne
                                                                             Ouminiiic rnnmlintirm  of  toad
                                                                          EOTA may ba uaaful UK
     foaod IB tha blood • frtcuemry m aapjoi of OOT
     mt per 100 ce of wboei blood. Tbfunoary lead e*.
     cmioa onarBtty eaoadi & I aw per liter of unaa,
       The UBUcny of the Tanaaa toad uunmmndi ao>
     pean to depend upon erwral (acton: (V) the Mh>
     bdny of the uaapoaad  a the body IhudK (2) the
     Sneneei of the pamclm of the compound:  ntB.
     bility • ereatar. of couna. ia praporuea to the flae-
     IMBB at the pamdea: (3)  condition uadar wtfBB
     the  uumpound a  b-5»?*d! "J"**B*J—*J™JJ

     umophan will bo much IOB> whan the powder •
     kept damp. Of the vanoua lead compound* the
     certeoaaa, the oonomide tod mtfaia ire <	'	'
                                                                of Lead Fooooaar It ba bee
                                                          IBB  eheUurjf  tent,  calawn  ethyienediimae.
                                                          Huaetuie, tad reUted eompoundi  in nfttly «*•
                                                          Saoota IB renonnf ibwrbed lead from (hi t»
                                                          tuea of  the body. (The therapeune  aeenoi of IBB
                                                          md ud Ca EDTX)
                                                            Ca  EDTA la tUton*  only when
                                                          lamvenoualy. Venoua douaa ichedulei ban beet
                                                          proooMd. An effecnvo  renne • J u 6 BIBB of
                                                          Na Ca EOTA ia 300  ce to 300 ce at i percaa
                                                          fJucoM by intrivenoui  dnp over a period of 1 to
                                                          I houra. Tmunem may be «*
-------
                            Date:  2/26/82
                            Revision: 0
     APPENDIX B

INSPECTION LOG SHEETS
         266

-------
                                                       MMIIOIING fQUintfNI IMSriCIIOH IOC SMH
       Intptctor't niM/tlll*

       0*U of Intptcllon 	

       IIM of Intptctlon 	
(•onlh/diy/ytir)

 {•Hilary HM)
IIM
liquid Itvil IrtDMlttiri (lanki)
Conttmatlon unit (lanki)
Ittchtlt dtltcllon. collection.
and rioovtl tytlM (mtU plU)
Ground tialtr lib It control tytlM
(unit pllt)
lunoff colltctlan *nd ruowil
tyllta (M*I|I plU)
Ground w«l*r libU Hitir «l«r
(laciltd In tumf}
lyptt of prablut
Irtntiltlir tlynil. •Itclrlctl
circuitry, pontr
Spring (djuilMnt or tllcklng
Irokin plpt or conmctlon. lick of
gr««il In pipit, cloggtd Itolti In
pip*. »ngl« of drilnig*. ground
Mittr CalltcUd. luoy piap fallurt
Broktn plpt or connect Ion. Itck of
grivil In plpt. cloggtd nolti In
plpt. tnglt ol drtlntgt
Braktn plpt or conntctlon. Uck of
gr<»tl In plpt, cloggtd noltt In
pipt. tnolt of driliugt. luip
pu«p Itllurt
Clogging, •ilfuncllon of dlglltl
dllplty. rotor (licking. Mitring
of gtart
-tc-tpiltfH






(VI
Unacctpliblt






Oblirvitlont






Ottt anil n«lun ol
rcptlrt/rciirdldl tcl Ian






ro
a\
                                     Figure B-l.  Monitoring equipment  inspection  log  sheet.
                                                                                                                                              500
                                                                                                                                              n  PI
                                                                                                                                              <  r+
                                                                                                                                              H  n
                                                                                                                                              u>  ••
                                                                                                                                                 00

                                                                                                                                                 tv>

-------
                                                            SMIIY AHO IHIRCIHCV IQUlPrtfNI INSPfCIIOM IOC SHU I
10
0\
CO
        Intpiclor'i naM/lllla	
        Data ol  Inspection 	
        HM of  Intpectlun 	
                                               (•onlh/day/yaar |
                                                (•IllUry  ll«)
                      lira
Standard Industrial  abtorbtnlt
 (Sorb-All, Varalcollte. lie )
Sindbagi
Sand
Abiorbanl boos
Abtorbcnt pads
Slrax
SubMrilbU puap
f lulbl* tiom vllh  quick caupli
 Illtlngi
SS-gillon drum (iltil, titlnltti
 tlttli
fMrgtncy ih(M*r and
        fact ihlildi and titra proltcllon
         tyiglitltl
        Oltpetalil* rctplralora
        Chtclcal carlrldgt rttplratort Milk
         cartrldytl for organic napori and
         acid gam. halt and full fact
         lypci
                                                   lyptt of problrai
Out of stock

lorn or worn
Out ol tlock
Out of alock
Out of llock
Out of stock
Povar, clogging
Cracki or holai. filling! stick

Cor rot Ion, tlruclural diugo

Malar pranura. laaklng. draliuga
•rokan or dirty aqulpMnl

Out of ttock
Sptnt chnlcal adiortanl. itali
                                                                     Acciplib
Slat,
•bit
                                              uAIcciptiBU'
                                                                                                              Ol»tr«allon»
                                                                                                                                        Oat* and nature of
                                                                                                                                      rrpalrt/i««rdl4l action
                                    Figure  B-2.  Safety  and emergency  equipment  inspection  log  sheet.
                                                                                                                                                               JdO
                                                                                                                                                               n  to
                                                                                                                                                               <  r»
                                                                                                                                                               H  re
                                                                                                                                                               in  ••
                                                                                                                                                                       Z is)
                                                                                                                                                                       O  CTi
                                                                                                                                                                          00
                                                                                                                                                                          K)

-------
       Figure B-Z(contlmied)
to
a\
ID
                       IK*
        Chatl-Munlad gat  calk cannltltrt


        Scll-cenlalnad breathing apparatus
         (SCBA)
Portable tuav puap


lira blanket!

flri eillngullhert


flri «Ura tytleai


telephone tyileo)


Public addrtit  syilu


C«n«r*lart


iMrgcncy llflMlog iy»l»


f Irtl lid cqulpMnl and >u|iplltt
               cltanir


         Proltcllv*  clothing (l«P*r«tilili
          lull-body  cov*r«llt. gloixl. and
          loot covtrlngtl


         Uccunlaalntllan facility (thoutri,
          dirty raua.  cl«n row)
                                                    lypat el pr«bl«t
Caonltltri  bttuM •>h
-------
                                                          sicuiiiv otvias IHSNCIION IOG SHIII
to
-j
o
        Intpeclor'l naM/lllle

        Dale of Iniptcllan 	

        lUt at Intptcllon 	
(Miith/day/yeer)

 (•Hilary UM|
	
Ill*
facility fence
E«t gait (aatn entrance)
Htit gtlt Mid lock
Contilntr storage irca tenet
Conttlnir storage erea gilt ind
lock
Icule control la east gale
I wo -way rtdlot

lyptt of problwi
Corroi Ion. dMiat la chiln link
fenc* or birbii ulrt
Corroi Ion. dMigt to chain link
fine* or barbti ulrt
Corrotlon. daaagt to ckaln link
fence or barbti ulre. flicking
or corroding lock
Corrosion, dwege to cbtln link
fence or barbel ulre
Corroiloa. daaage lo chain link
fence or barbed Hire, iltctlng
or corroding lock
Iran»llter or receiver, itlcklng
of gale
Irantolller or receiver
S'llH
-Acc.pUbli







(Vt
Unacceptable




•



Obtervatlont







0
                                                                                                •  \
                                                                                                .. 00
                                                                                                  to

-------
                                                 OPIIAIING AND SIIUCIIUUl iQUIfMHI IMSHCIIOM 101 Will
10
       Iniptclor't iMM/lllli


       0*11 of Intpoclla* 	


       HM ol Intptctlon	
(•onlb/diy/yoar )


 (•IMUry lUt)
ll» •
Suop piapt (autooJillc)
Simp piiapt (•inuall
Olkn
lUttt or foundation!
I«H»
iuip crcn
lint tlruclurtl tiyporli
f Iplng la holding Itnlt
Holding Unkt
lyptt ol prabUu
{•Ulna (djutlMnl. poutr.
clogging
foMir. clogging
Crtcki. diltrlorallon
froiloa. untvoa tctlltwnl. crtckt
•nd iptlllng In cancnlt ptdt.
but rlngi ind pltrt. diltrlar*-
llon ol n»l§r toil btlMttn lint
bollo* «nd foundation. «(l ipait
(ration, unovon toltliMnl. crukl
•nd tptlllng In conceit*
{ration, unovon toltltMnt. cracki
•nd tootling In cancroti. Ml
•pan
Cancril* doltrlarillan end crick-
Ing, carratloa of plpi tupporti
lott of Mill tblckntit. lotki,
car rot Ion. or dolorlorallon
Carrotlun. dltcelarillon. crockt.
buckloi. and bulgot
, Slltu
~«ccipi«bfr





•«•



iW- -.
Untcciplibli









Obtorvitlont









Olio ind noluro ol
ropllrt/rcaedlll action









                             Figure B-4.  Operating  and  structural  equipment  inspection log sheet.
                                                                                               < ft
                                                                                               H-CB
                                                                                               in ..
                                                                                               H-

                                                                                               §,
                                                                                                                                                00
                                                                                                                                                ro

-------
                                                       CONUIMil SIOIAGf AUA INSPfCIION IOC SHifl
10
-4
10
       Intpactor'i iuM/lltU

       Oil* of Iniptctlaa 	

       HM al Intpacllon 	
(•onlh/day/yaar)

 (•Hilary il-a)

llm
Cental liar placeMnl ind (lacking
Staling of contalnari
libeling of container!
Conltlntri
Segregation ot Incompatible uailai
Pal let 1
Feme, git* and lack
Bitt or foundation
Dltet
Suof> area
Suap punpl (auloaillcl

lypoi of problaat
Altla tpaca. hilgtit of ttacka
Opan lldi
latiropar Idantlflcatlon. diU
•tiling
Corroiloo. laaiaga. tlruclural
da facts
Sloraga of Incoopatlbl* vaitM In
IIM arta
Daaagod (t g . orokan Mood, uarp-
Ing. nalli Bluing)
Corrotlon. daaaga lo chain link
tanco. (ticking or corroding lock
Cracki. ipalllng. unavan tittlnant
arotlon. vat tpott
Cracki. dalcrlorallan
Crackt. ipalllng. uncoan ttllla-
•cnt aroilon. nal tputi
Sattlng adjuil«nl. powar. clogging
Slltu
•cciplabl*











HI
UntccaptabU





•






Obiar«allon«










	
Oal* and nature of
rapalrt/rCBidlll action











                                       Figure  B-5. Container  storage area  Inspection  log  sheet.
                                                                                                    » u
                                                                                                    n  ai
                                                                                                    <  rt
                                                                                                    H  n
                                                                                                    IA  ••
                                                                                                    H
                                                                                                    o
                                                                                                    3  rO

                                                                                                    Z ts>
                                                                                                    O  
                                                                                                    •   X.
                                                                                                    ..  OD
                                                                                                       to
                                                                                                    o

-------
     Figure O-S(contlnued)
                    IIM
                                               lypt* Q> problem
                                                                              Slitu
                                                                                                       Obitr«ttIant
                                                                                         0*t< iml n*lur« a>

                                                                                        r*pdrt/r«Mdlil tclion
      Oilirli ind rttui*
Clog tup pup. MillMllci. poi-

 tlbl* r««ellon vllh U«kt



(rack*, tpalllng. uM«tn tiltlt-

 Mn(. trot Ion
      Wtrnlngk  tlgnt
Nl
                                                                                                                                                             jo a
                                                                                                                                                             « m
                                                                                                                                                             < rt
                                                                                                                                                             H n
                                                                                                                                                             la ••
                                                                                                                                                              O  01
                                                                                                                                                                 Kl

-------
                                             UN* SIORAGf Ml* WO MICIIIMV fOUIPMN! INSrlCIION IOC Will
Intptclor'l nnw/llllt
Oitt  of Inipa'cllMi 	
MM  of Iniptcllon 	
                                                        (•Hilary tlw)
              Itc-
                                          lypli al probltBi
                                                                                 Slalut
                                                                            Accoplabtr
                                                                               llnacccptablt
                                                                                                    Obl*r»tloni
                                                                                                                              Date and natui* of
                                                                                                                             rei»alri/ie«»dial aMIon
        Dike
        Bait or foundation

        Suip puip (Manual)
        Su«p arta

to      Marnlng ilgni
•**      riptl

        Val»l

        rilllngi

        0>arflll control vtlva (•inutl)
                                 Cracki. dotorloratlon
                                 tracki. ipalllng, untvt*  lollla-
                                  awnt. trotlon, not tpoli
                                 •OMT. clogging
                                 Cracki. •palling, unoton  itltlt-
                                  awnt. orotlon. Ml ipoli
                                 Oauagtd
                                 lota of wlal  thlcknttt,  leak*.
                                  corroilon,  or dttarloratlon
                                 loti of Mill  thlckntit.  Uiki.
                                  corroilon.  or dtlarlorillon
                                 Ion of Mlal  Ihlcknaii.  laakl.
                                  corroilon.  or dilarloritlon
                                 loia of Mlol  IMckntii.  Uaka.
                                  corroilon.  or daltrlorallon.
                                  •licking. daMgtd handle
                     Figure  B-6.  Tank  storage  area and  ancillary equipment  Inspection  log  sheet.
                                                                                                                                                                     joo
                                                                                                                                                                     n  o>
                                                                                                                                                                     <  rt
                                                                                                                                                                     H  n
                                                                                                                                                                     in  ••
                                                                                                                                                                     H
                                                                                                                                                             a:  to
                                                                                                                                                             O  cr<
                                                                                                                                                                o>
                                                                                                                                                                to

-------
                                                                    lllflMAl IMH IHSKC1ION IOC iMIH
        Intpiclor'i niM/IIIU
        Oilt af Inipicllon 	
        DM of Intptcllon 	
                                               (•anth/diy/yair)
                                                (•Hilary HM)
                                                   typtt af problrat
                                                                             	Slll.ui.UL	-,	,
                                                                             Acctptibli  Untcciplibli
                                                                                                      Obtirvillont
                                                                                                                                Dilt iml ntluri af
                                                                                                                               rtptlrt/rtMdltl *cllo
10
-J
U1
lounililloa/tlriKlunl  iu|iparl>

ripi canmcllaui

PraliclU* catling
link thtll

Iink roof

link BOIIOB

Anchor bollt
Nunlct
                                                  . tlruclurtl  tlcblllly
Crick t.  ipilllng unevtn titlliatnt.
 •roilon. M«I ipolt
filirail corrotlan. cricki, dltlor-
 lloa
•utt tpolt. blltlirt.  Ill*  I If ling
Carrot Ian. dltcolorillon, cricki.
 buckUl. bulgif
Nilfuncllan af i*ilt.  blockig* of
 •lltr drilni oo roof, corral Ion
Carrot Ion. dlicolanllon, cricki.
 bucklit, bulgat
Oltlarllon. corrotlon
Crickt.  corratlon
                                                    Figure  B-7.  External  tank  inspection  log  sheet.
                                                                                                                                                                yt o
                                                                                                                                                                n 01
                                                                                                                                                                < r»
                                                                                                                                                                H IP
                                                                                                                                                                W ••
                                                                                                                                                                H-
                                                                                                                                                                O
                                                                                                                                                                0M
                                                                                                                                                                as to
                                                                                                                                                                o ot
                                                                                                                                                                            00
                                                                                                                                                                            Kl

-------
                                                          IN1IIM1 IMM INSmilON IOG SHHt
      Inipictor'a nuM

      Oile af  Iniptctlen

      MM of  Intptctlon
(•onth/day/ytar)

 (•Hilary DM)
ll»
link roof
Inltrnal support*
lank thill
i
link fcotlM
Malt Jolnlt
Noli It connection JoInU
Clan lining
lUilt
•Ipicoll itipparl
lyptt of problwi
Naltumllon o« roof'i Halt, cor-
rollon. Ion ol aalal Ihlcfcraii
Otltrlarallon. dcprtnloni
Carrot Ion af vapor »p«c«. and
liquid Uvtl Una. cracking.
bulgti. holti. loll ol Mill
Ihlckntit. laani
Corroilon pill, iprung »M>.
rl«al«. dtprdtlont. tolloa Ihlck-
naii. unavannan ol bolloa
Cracking
Cracking
Cracking, bubblti
tlgnlntfi. corroilon
Otpraiilont
Slllu
7KcTp(*6li








'

-------
                                                          WASH Pllf All* INSPfCIIM IOC iWII
to
       Imptclor't niM


       Data af Inline* Ion


       HM of Inspection
(•onlh/day/yaar )


 (•Hilary UM)
lln
lun-on diversion ditch
intranet road and guard rallt
lunoff dlvarilon canal and drain
Hind dlipartal control lyitia
foundation
Synthetic llnar
late
1 Iner !•••»
Julnlt
lypat of problaat
Obilructloni lo Ilex, bant orotlon.
loota riprap
lott of gravil. fuylll«a ••Itilont.
corroilon and llghlntll ot guard
ralU
Otiilruclloni. drain clogged
fraquincy of Malar application.
drynatt and tlopa of pi la
Crack* or braakt
Itart. bolat. itparallon of Ityart.
Into ipoli. crackt. ihrlnkagt.
bardnaii. aicattUa paraaablllly.
bllilari
i rot Ion. aipoiad araa lo llmr.
dtplh
lair, llghlnatt of taaai
llgtilnttt of connection
Slalu
'•cciplabTo







•

ilnaccaptabU









Obtarnallant








.......
Oalt anj iidluiv of
r«ualrt/if«

                                                                                                  S5M
                                                                                                  O a\
                                                                                                                                                    to

-------
                         Date:  2/26/82
                         Revision No.:  0
  APPENDIX C

TRUST AGREEMENT
       278

-------
mat A«rMMnt. tiw  '»qr»««it.-  mcwid
into *a at July  10. 1*12  By  and  Battmn
Nary P. Jam*. • Mtad*  Island  corporation.
we 'creator.* tnd Jonn victor,  an Anytomi
national tana. CM *Tn»tM*.
  Whereaa. the United States Environmental
Protection Agency. "SPA/  an agency of the
United Statee Government, has established
certain regulations applicable to the Cnntor.
requiring that an owner or operator of a
hesardoiu waata managemant facUity ihail
provide asiunace that funds will be
available when needed for dosun and/or
posi-dotun can of tat facility.
  Whereaa. dw Grantor baa elected to
esteWish a trust to provide all or pert of «och
financial aaaenaet tar the faeJUne*
idennfied hereuL
  Whereae. the Creator, acting through fta
d*> atjtbonxed officen.  baa eelectad the
Trasree to fat tht outee under thie
        Lead me Traateo I* willing ta act

                the Creator cad dw
                                          Administrator from the Fund for closure and
                                          poit-cloeun expenditures in tucb inounu u
                                          the EPA Regional Adnumimtor shall duvet
                                          m writing, la addition, Ihe Trustee thail
                                          refund to the Grantor inch amounts w the
                                          EPA Regional Administrator specifies in
                                          writing.  Upon refund, each fund* shall no
                                          longer constitute part of the Fund aa defined
                                            Station JL AymtiMi Compnung wt fluid.
                                          Payment* made to the Trustee far tht r*und
                                          ibMcot^ of cash or locHiitioe acceptable
                                          to the Trustee.
                                            Steam d Thwiw Manafmnt tbt
                                          Trntw thin iantt ud man* the prtaoBftl
                                          .nd maoM of the Fund end Iwep the Fund
                                          inveeted ea • nogie road withom dUUneaoa
                                           with general investment paliatt end
                                           gn^-ii... whlch dw Creator may
                                           cammumcait in writing to dw Traalae
                                           time ta ome. subnet, however, ta the
                                           (a) ToeeiL exchange, convey, transfer, or
                                         otherwise dispose of any property held by it
                                         by public or private sale. No person dealing
                                         with the Tnuiee shall be bound to see to (he
                                         application of the pnrshaaa money or to
                                         Inquire tote the validity or expediency of any
                                         such tale or other disposition:
                                           (b| To make, execute, acknowledge, and
                                         deliver aay and til documents of transfer and
                                         eaaveyaace tnd any and ail other
                                         Instruments dial may be necessary or
                                         appropriate to carry out the powers herein
                                         (ranted
                                           (c| To register any aecunoee held la the
                                         Fund in its own name or in the name of a
                                         atasBMt and to bold any security in bearer
                                         form or in book entry, or ta oambiae
                                         oernncalea representing each securities with
                                         ffff^frmimm of tfej same laBot head by the
                                         Treats* la other fktooary ceoeaoee. or to
                                         dtpaert or arrange for tht deposit of each
                                                  memiaiiaedautnldtpaaitary
 Secrraa J. Offitutuu. A*«
kgnemant
 (•I Tito t
                                                   I the Fend, the:
                                                            iwimnapecttadwt
                                            fund eaieiy • tht interest of the heneflnaiy
                                            and with the care, xUO. |
                                                        rtht<
                                            Miun. wiMid OM in the
                                                    i of • Uko
                                                                        of a
                                                                    ead with Uw
Co* fiuimotca, Thia Agreement ptrtamt ta
the r«aliiieeend cool esUBUteo identified aa
attached SchteMt A [on Sctierhila A. far i
faolHy U*t tat EPA I
               id thai
 orpoali ---
 thereof, for which 1 ---
 demoMBaiad by thia AgreeBiem|.
  SteuoH 3. EtteUiifiatataffliad Tat
 Grantor and the Traatee hareay emMlaa a
 trast fund, the Tuna." for the benefit of EPA.
 The C«nti»*nd the Tnutee intend that no
 third parry haw acceea to the Fuad escepl aa
 hermi provided. The Fund ta eeubhabad
 uuluUy aa canaUbRg of the property, wbacb
 u acceptable to the Traitee. deacnbed la
 Schedule B attached hereto. Such pro
 and aay other property wbaeqaeatly
                                                              rooUgattontofta*
                                           	                     rof
                                           tat faeUittee. or aay of thanr i
                                           defined ia tat laeiotmeni Company Act of
                                           ttea. aa aiaendiit l» UA& aOa-ajal. ihail
                                           not bo acqiand or bald, oaleaa they an
                                                  i or other obUgtooaa of the Federal
                                           ora
                                             (hi Tho Troatat U aothoratd ta ta«aal the
                                           Fond la one or demand daponta of the
                                           Traatao. to the •Meal laeand by an aaancy ol
                                           the Federal or Suit 
-------
  Stction a. Advia ofCoumtl T*t Tnattt   .tfoo ptyMt U f«o»»*d ban iht Groom
n»t from time to time caniuli with eounatL    teUf Ihtl ponad. Afttr tht ptylnpmadli
who mi) bt eaiuMl le Iht Ciutar. with       aaapltitd, tht Tnuttt thall not bt icqulnd
tnptn IB My quttuon mnof H to Iht        to ttnd • noflet of nontuymtnL
conitruction of ihu Aqrtonnni or My teflon     Steuan U Ammdmmu o/AfrtMMUi Thif
to b» taken nrrmmdir. Tin Tnatetihallbt    Agrwrmtnt mty bo tntndtd by tn
hill% prottettd. to tht niMt ptmutitd by      tutramtni In wrung tstaitod by iht
Uw. ui acting ueoe (fat advice of eoaniel.      Grantor. Iht Tnutot. and Iht apprapnatt
  Sfcuon U. Trutfi* CaaipMMlian. Tbt      EPA Raawaal Admimimior. or by tht
ItaMttihaUbtmtitlodtorMMMfa!*        TTMIM and tht ipprvpnatt BPA Ra»tmil
umiriiniiurm fir'	1~~* T~   Admlmtntor If iht Cranior OMMS u «ati
QBBlfPVnaMMUM ItM ••• M*VIHW w ^^B v« «p      /WHIIUUWVtWX H 9MMW ^VIVHIIH WV^^wv "^ — ™—^
tawntini from ttant lo ttot with tteCnnur.     Stetwa IT IrrnecabiUtf out Tomnauan.
  Stcuan 13. Sucatier That*, nt Tn»U»   Sabttd to Iht mht of tht p«1iM to MMad
gwrmisnorihtCnnioraayrnlMadM      tto A*vta>tat M provtttd ta faction 10. thu
Tnutn. but taeh t^m»t»ea eTftpliiiiminl    i^>i thtll bt Uwumhlo Md thall enptHmt
»htU not bttfitcflv* until tht GftBtorhM      mttlttfmintttd tt tht wrtmn Mntntnt of
mamu noi ww •iwwwww •«••• MM vMiwHiv- «^      aBoJ miiwua « IDW wnnwj ««JMBBM
appointed •taecnaartr.Moi and tfajti         tbt Grantor tht Traiita. and the EPA
mcenior aceeptf tht anpuinoooBL Tht	   RtBenaJ AdmniMratar. or by Iht Traotot
tuecBMor tnutte thall ho-t Iht MOM pawn   .^ £, gp/t ntilnnil Ailinmltlioiiw If tht
Md dntitt at thott cauttrad upon tht        Gaum uaoott in tilil  Tl|nai lumlnonioi nf
Ttuttte hoioiuidor. Upon the otBBOttor        ibt Tint I all loinolmiii nuti pnipoitT 1«"
truiltt't acceptance of tht opvanUBOBtW    >..! aM| ^i,!,..!,,^^, «B)OB«OO. thall bo

2tHmnI|?'*1'bt
•bMmet of wntttn notict ta tht oontrmry. that   wonhm tpodfltd IB 40 CPP. JB4.181lilU) at
Dotvatcomtitutinsachanftara            taeh rtnilidani wtn camataud aa tht date
ttmination of tbt niihortty of any POMOB to    firtl above wrttttn.
act on bthtlf of tht Cnntor or EPA
btrtundtr bat ocaurtd. Tbt Tnutat ihall        	.  -   -
ktvtnodBtytoactinthtabtanetofnch      ttmuuimt, Tanaeoilo naioua* Co. too.
ardtn. nqutiu. and uuuucttoat froa the        ^       „..
Cramer and/or EPA. nctpt oa |
  5tetiaii IS Nonet ofNo«para*u. The        B«ii«-it. «nyta» -itiaatl
 Tnuttt ihill notify tht Greater tad tht         **>
 rppropHait 7A Rational AdBumatnior. by
 OBtlfitd null within 10 dayt (oUowtnj the
 tuirtiion of Iht SMay period after the
              i eitabluaauBi of the Tl-at


                                                     280

-------